1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
45 #include <algorithm>
46 #include <cstring>
47 #include <functional>
48 using namespace clang;
49 using namespace sema;
50 
51 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
52   if (OwnedType) {
53     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
54     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
55   }
56 
57   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
58 }
59 
60 namespace {
61 
62 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
63  public:
64   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false)
65       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) {
66     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
67     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
68     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
69   }
70 
71   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
72     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
73       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
74           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
75     else
76       return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
77   }
78 
79  private:
80   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
81   bool WantClassName;
82 };
83 
84 }
85 
86 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
87 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
88   switch (Kind) {
89   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
90   // token kind is a valid type specifier
91   case tok::kw_short:
92   case tok::kw_long:
93   case tok::kw___int64:
94   case tok::kw___int128:
95   case tok::kw_signed:
96   case tok::kw_unsigned:
97   case tok::kw_void:
98   case tok::kw_char:
99   case tok::kw_int:
100   case tok::kw_half:
101   case tok::kw_float:
102   case tok::kw_double:
103   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
104   case tok::kw_bool:
105   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
106     return true;
107 
108   case tok::annot_typename:
109   case tok::kw_char16_t:
110   case tok::kw_char32_t:
111   case tok::kw_typeof:
112   case tok::annot_decltype:
113   case tok::kw_decltype:
114     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
115 
116   default:
117     break;
118   }
119 
120   return false;
121 }
122 
123 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
124 /// return the declaration of that type.
125 ///
126 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
127 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
128 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
129 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
130 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
131 ///
132 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
133 /// and then return NULL.
134 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
135                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
136                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
137                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
138                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
139                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
140                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
141   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
142   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
143   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
144     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
145     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
146       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
147   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
148     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
149 
150     if (!LookupCtx) {
151       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
152         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
153         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
154         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
155         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
156         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
157         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
158         //
159         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
160         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
161         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
162           return ParsedType();
163 
164         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
165         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
166         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
167           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
168 
169         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
170         QualType T =
171           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
172                             II, NameLoc);
173 
174           return ParsedType::make(T);
175       }
176 
177       return ParsedType();
178     }
179 
180     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
181         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
182       return ParsedType();
183   }
184 
185   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
186   // lookup for class-names.
187   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
188                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
189   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
190   if (LookupCtx) {
191     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
192     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
193     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
194     // nested-name-specifier.
195     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
196 
197     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
198       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
199       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
200       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
201       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
202       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
203       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
204       LookupName(Result, S);
205     }
206   } else {
207     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
208     LookupName(Result, S);
209   }
210 
211   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
212   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
213   case LookupResult::NotFound:
214   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
215     if (CorrectedII) {
216       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
217       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
218                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
219       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
220       TemplateTy Template;
221       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
222       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
223       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
224       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
225       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
226       if (SS && NNS) {
227         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
228         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
229       }
230       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
231           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
232           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
233           // is handled elsewhere).
234           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
235             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
236                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
237         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
238                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
239                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
240                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
241         if (Ty) {
242           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
243                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
244                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
245           if (SS && NNS)
246             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
247           *CorrectedII = NewII;
248           return Ty;
249         }
250       }
251     }
252     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
253   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
254   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
255     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
256     return ParsedType();
257 
258   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
259     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
260     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
261     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
262     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
263     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
264     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
265       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
266       return ParsedType();
267     }
268 
269     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
270     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
271          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
272       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
273         if (!IIDecl ||
274             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
275               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
276           IIDecl = *Res;
277       }
278     }
279 
280     if (!IIDecl) {
281       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
282       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
283       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
284       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
285       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
286       // a type name.
287       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
288       return ParsedType();
289     }
290 
291     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
292     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
293     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
294     // perform the name lookup again.
295     break;
296 
297   case LookupResult::Found:
298     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
299     break;
300   }
301 
302   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
303 
304   QualType T;
305   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
306     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
307 
308     if (T.isNull())
309       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
310 
311     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
312     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
313     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
314     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
315       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
316         // Construct a type with type-source information.
317         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
318         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
319 
320         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
321         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
322         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
323         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
324         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
325       } else {
326         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
327       }
328     }
329   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
330     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
331     if (!HasTrailingDot)
332       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
333   }
334 
335   if (T.isNull()) {
336     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
337     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
338     return ParsedType();
339   }
340   return ParsedType::make(T);
341 }
342 
343 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
344 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
345 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
346 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
347 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
348 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
349   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
350   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
351   LookupName(R, S, false);
352   R.suppressDiagnostics();
353   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
354     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
355       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
356       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
357       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
358       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
359       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
360       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
361       }
362     }
363 
364   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
365 }
366 
367 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
368 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
369 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
370 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
371 /// @code
372 /// template<class T> class A {
373 /// public:
374 ///   typedef int TYPE;
375 /// };
376 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
377 /// public:
378 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
379 /// };
380 /// @endcode
381 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
382   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
383     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
384 
385     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
386     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
387           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
388       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
389         return true;
390     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
391   }
392   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
393 }
394 
395 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
396                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
397                                    Scope *S,
398                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
399                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
400   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
401   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
402 
403   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
404   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
405   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
406   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
407                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
408                                              Validator)) {
409     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
410       // We corrected to a keyword.
411       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
412       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
413     } else {
414       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
415       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
416         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
417                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
418       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
419         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
420         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
421                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
422         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
423                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
424                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
425       } else {
426         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
427       }
428 
429       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
430       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
431         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
432                           SourceRange(IILoc));
433       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
434                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
435                                   false, ParsedType(),
436                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
437                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
438     }
439     return true;
440   }
441 
442   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
443     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
444     UnqualifiedId Name;
445     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
446     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
447     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
448     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
449     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
450                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
451                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
452       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
453       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
454       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
455         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
456           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
457       }
458       return true;
459     }
460   }
461 
462   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
463   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
464 
465   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
466     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
467   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
468     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
469       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
470   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
471     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
472     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
473       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
474 
475     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
476       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
477       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
478       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
479     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
480                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
481   } else {
482     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
483            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
484   }
485 
486   return true;
487 }
488 
489 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
490 /// or
491 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
492   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
493                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
494 
495   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
496     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
497       return true;
498 
499     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
500       return true;
501   }
502 
503   return false;
504 }
505 
506 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
507                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
508                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
509                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
510   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
511   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
512   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
513     const char *TagName = 0;
514     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
515     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
516       case TTK_Class:
517         TagName = "class";
518         FixItTagName = "class ";
519         break;
520 
521       case TTK_Enum:
522         TagName = "enum";
523         FixItTagName = "enum ";
524         break;
525 
526       case TTK_Struct:
527         TagName = "struct";
528         FixItTagName = "struct ";
529         break;
530 
531       case TTK_Interface:
532         TagName = "__interface";
533         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
534         break;
535 
536       case TTK_Union:
537         TagName = "union";
538         FixItTagName = "union ";
539         break;
540     }
541 
542     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
543       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
544       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
545 
546     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
547          I != IEnd; ++I)
548       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
549         << Name << TagName;
550 
551     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
552     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
553     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
554     return true;
555   }
556 
557   return false;
558 }
559 
560 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
561 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
562                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
563   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
564 
565   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
566   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
567 
568   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
569   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
570   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
571   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
572   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
573 }
574 
575 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
576                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
577                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
578                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
579                                             const Token &NextToken,
580                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
581                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
582   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
583   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
584 
585   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
586     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
587                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
588 
589   }
590 
591   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
592   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
593 
594   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
595   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
596   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
597   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
598   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
599     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
600     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
601       return E;
602   }
603 
604   bool SecondTry = false;
605   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
606 
607 Corrected:
608   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
609   case LookupResult::NotFound:
610     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
611     // call.
612     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
613       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
614       // FIXME: Reference?
615       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
616         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
617 
618       // C90 6.3.2.2:
619       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
620       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
621       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
622       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
623       //   the function call, the declaration
624       //
625       //     extern int identifier ();
626       //
627       //   appeared.
628       //
629       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
630       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
631         Result.addDecl(D);
632         Result.resolveKind();
633         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
634       }
635     }
636 
637     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
638     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
639     // "struct", or "union".
640     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
641         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
642       break;
643     }
644 
645     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
646     // close to this name.
647     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
648       SecondTry = true;
649       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
650                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
651                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
652         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
653         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
654 
655         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
656         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
657           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
658         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
659             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
660           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
661           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
662         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
663                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
664                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
665                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
666           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
667           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
668         }
669 
670         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
671           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
672         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
673           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
674           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
675                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
676           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
677                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
678                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
679         }
680 
681         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
682         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
683 
684         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
685         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
686           return Name;
687 
688         // Also update the LookupResult...
689         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
690         Result.clear();
691         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
692         if (FirstDecl)
693           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
694 
695         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
696         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
697         // reference the ivar.
698         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
699         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
700           Result.clear();
701           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
702           return E;
703         }
704 
705         goto Corrected;
706       }
707     }
708 
709     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
710     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
711     return NameClassification::Unknown();
712 
713   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
714     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
715     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
716     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
717 
718     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
719     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
720     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
721     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
722     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
723     //
724     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
725     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
726     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
727     // keyword here.
728     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
729                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
730                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
731   }
732 
733   case LookupResult::Found:
734   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
735   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
736     break;
737 
738   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
739     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
740         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
741       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
742       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
743       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
744       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
745       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
746       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
747       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
748       //   ambiguous.
749       //
750       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
751       // so try again after filtering out template names.
752       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
753       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
754         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
755         break;
756       }
757     }
758 
759     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
760     return NameClassification::Error();
761   }
762 
763   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
764       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
765     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
766     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
767     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
768     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
769     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
770     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
771     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
772       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
773 
774     if (!Result.empty()) {
775       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
776       bool IsVarTemplate;
777       TemplateName Template;
778       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
779         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
780         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
781                                                      Result.end());
782       } else {
783         TemplateDecl *TD
784           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
785         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
786         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
787 
788         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
789           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
790                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
791                                                       TD);
792         else
793           Template = TemplateName(TD);
794       }
795 
796       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
797         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
798         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
799         // to based on which function we selected.
800         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
801 
802         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
803       }
804 
805       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
806                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
807     }
808   }
809 
810   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
811   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
812     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
813     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
814     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
815       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
816     return ParsedType::make(T);
817   }
818 
819   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
820   if (!Class) {
821     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
822     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
823                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
824       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
825   }
826 
827   if (Class) {
828     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
829 
830     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
831       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
832       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
833       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
834       return NameClassification::Unknown();
835     }
836 
837     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
838     return ParsedType::make(T);
839   }
840 
841   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
842   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
843     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
844         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
845 
846   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
847   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
848   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
849   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
850        (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
851       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
852     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
853     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
854     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
855     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
856       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
857     return ParsedType::make(T);
858   }
859 
860   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
861     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
862 
863   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
864   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
865 }
866 
867 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
868 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
869 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
870 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
871 
872   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
873   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
874   // the context we'll need to return to.
875   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
876     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
877 
878     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
879     // lexical context.
880     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
881       return DC;
882 
883     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
884     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
885     // class is the context we need to return to.
886     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
887       DC = RD;
888 
889     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
890     // declared in.
891     return DC;
892   }
893 
894   return DC->getLexicalParent();
895 }
896 
897 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
898   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
899       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
900   CurContext = DC;
901   S->setEntity(DC);
902 }
903 
904 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
905   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
906 
907   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
908   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
909 }
910 
911 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
912 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
913 ///
914 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
915   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
916   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
917   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
918   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
919   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
920   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
921   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
922   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
923   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
924   //   namespace.
925   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
926   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
927   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
928   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
929   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
930 
931   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
932 
933 #ifndef NDEBUG
934   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
935   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
936   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
937 #endif
938 
939   CurContext = DC;
940   S->setEntity(DC);
941 }
942 
943 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
944   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
945 
946   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
947   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
948   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
949   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
950   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
951 
952   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
953   // disappear.
954 }
955 
956 
957 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
958   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
959   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
960     // We assume that the caller has already called
961     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
962     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
963   }
964   if (!FD)
965     return;
966 
967   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
968   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
969   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
970     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
971   CurContext = FD;
972   S->setEntity(CurContext);
973 
974   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
975     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
976     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
977     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
978       S->AddDecl(Param);
979       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
980     }
981   }
982 }
983 
984 
985 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
986   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
987   // rather than the top-level class.
988   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
989   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
990   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
991 }
992 
993 
994 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
995 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
996 ///
997 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
998 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
999 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1000 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1001 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1002 /// attribute.
1003 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1004                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1005   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1006     return true;
1007 
1008   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1009     return true;
1010 
1011   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1012           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1013 }
1014 
1015 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1016 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1017   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1018   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1019   // scope.
1020   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1021     S = S->getParent();
1022 
1023   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1024   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1025   // into any context.
1026   if (AddToContext)
1027     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1028 
1029   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1030   // are function-local declarations.
1031   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1032       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1033         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1034       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1035     return;
1036 
1037   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1038   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1039       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1040     return;
1041 
1042   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1043   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1044                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1045   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1046     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1047       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1048       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1049 
1050       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1051       break;
1052     }
1053   }
1054 
1055   S->AddDecl(D);
1056 
1057   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1058     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1059     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1060     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1061     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1062       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1063       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1064         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1065           continue;
1066       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1067         break;
1068     }
1069 
1070     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1071   } else {
1072     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1073   }
1074 }
1075 
1076 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1077   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1078     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1079 }
1080 
1081 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1082                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1083   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S,
1084                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
1085 }
1086 
1087 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1088   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1089   do {
1090     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1091       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1092         return S;
1093   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1094 
1095   return 0;
1096 }
1097 
1098 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1099                                             DeclContext*,
1100                                             ASTContext&);
1101 
1102 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1103 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1104 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
1105                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1106                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1107                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1108   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1109   while (F.hasNext()) {
1110     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1111 
1112     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
1113       continue;
1114 
1115     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1116         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1117       continue;
1118 
1119     F.erase();
1120   }
1121 
1122   F.done();
1123 }
1124 
1125 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1126   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1127          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1128          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1129 }
1130 
1131 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1132 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1133   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1134   while (F.hasNext())
1135     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1136       F.erase();
1137 
1138   F.done();
1139 }
1140 
1141 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1142 /// @code
1143 /// class S {
1144 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1145 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1146 /// };
1147 /// @endcode
1148 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1149   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1150   // the decl here.
1151   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1152     return false;
1153 
1154   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1155     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1156   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1157     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1158   return false;
1159 }
1160 
1161 // We need this to handle
1162 //
1163 // typedef struct {
1164 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1165 // } A;
1166 //
1167 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1168 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1169 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end
1170 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage.
1171 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1172 // not.
1173 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1174   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1175   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1176     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1177       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1178         return true;
1179     }
1180     DC = DC->getParent();
1181   }
1182 
1183   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1184 }
1185 
1186 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1187 // these semantics.
1188 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1189   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1190     return false;
1191   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1192 }
1193 
1194 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1195   assert(D);
1196 
1197   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1198     return false;
1199 
1200   // Ignore class templates.
1201   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1202       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1203     return false;
1204 
1205   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1206     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1207       return false;
1208 
1209     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1210       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1211         return false;
1212     } else {
1213       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1214       if (FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1215           !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1216         return false;
1217     }
1218 
1219     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1220         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1221       return false;
1222   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1223     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1224     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1225     // like "inline".)
1226     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1227       return false;
1228 
1229     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1230       return false;
1231 
1232     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1233         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1234       return false;
1235   } else {
1236     return false;
1237   }
1238 
1239   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1240   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1241 }
1242 
1243 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1244   if (!D)
1245     return;
1246 
1247   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1248     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1249     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1250       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1251   }
1252 
1253   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1254     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1255     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1256       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1257   }
1258 
1259   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1260     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1261 }
1262 
1263 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1264   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1265     return false;
1266 
1267   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1268     return false;
1269 
1270   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1271     return true;
1272 
1273   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1274   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1275       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1276     return false;
1277 
1278   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1279   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1280 
1281     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1282     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1283 
1284     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1285     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1286       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1287         return false;
1288     }
1289 
1290     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1291     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1292     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1293       return false;
1294 
1295     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1296       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1297       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1298         return false;
1299 
1300       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1301         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1302           return false;
1303 
1304         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1305           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1306             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1307           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1308             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1309           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1310             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1311             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1312               return false;
1313           }
1314         }
1315       }
1316     }
1317 
1318     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1319   }
1320 
1321   return true;
1322 }
1323 
1324 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1325                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1326   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1327     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1328                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1329     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1330       return;
1331     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1332                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1333   }
1334   return;
1335 }
1336 
1337 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1338 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1339 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1340   FixItHint Hint;
1341   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1342     return;
1343 
1344   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1345 
1346   unsigned DiagID;
1347   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1348     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1349   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1350     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1351   else
1352     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1353 
1354   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1355 }
1356 
1357 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1358   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1359   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1360   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1361   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1362     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1363 }
1364 
1365 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1366   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1367   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1368          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1369 
1370   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1371        I != E; ++I) {
1372     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1373     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1374 
1375     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1376     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1377 
1378     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1379 
1380     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1381     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1382       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1383 
1384     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1385     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1386       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1387 
1388     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1389     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1390   }
1391 }
1392 
1393 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1394   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1395 }
1396 
1397 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1398   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1399   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1400 }
1401 
1402 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1403 ///
1404 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1405 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1406 /// to the fixed name.
1407 ///
1408 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1409 ///
1410 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1411 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1412 ///
1413 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1414 /// class could not be found.
1415 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1416                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1417                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1418   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1419   // creation from this context.
1420   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1421 
1422   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1423     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1424     // find an Objective-C class name.
1425     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1426     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1427                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1428                                        Validator)) {
1429       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1430       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1431       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1432     }
1433   }
1434   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1435   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1436   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1437       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1438   return Def;
1439 }
1440 
1441 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1442 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1443 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1444 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1445 /// ill-formed in C++:
1446 /// @code
1447 /// struct S6 {
1448 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1449 /// };
1450 ///
1451 /// void test_S6() {
1452 ///   struct S6 a;
1453 ///   a.e = BAR;
1454 /// }
1455 /// @endcode
1456 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1457 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1458 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1459 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1460 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1461 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1462 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1463 /// contain non-field names.
1464 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1465   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1466          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1467          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1468     S = S->getParent();
1469   return S;
1470 }
1471 
1472 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1473 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1474 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1475 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1476 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1477                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1478   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1479     return;
1480   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1481 
1482   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1483                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1484   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1485   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1486     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1487       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1488 }
1489 
1490 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1491 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1492 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1493 /// built-in.
1494 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1495                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1496                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1497   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1498 
1499   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1500 
1501   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1502   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1503   switch (Error) {
1504   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1505     // Okay
1506     break;
1507 
1508   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1509     if (ForRedeclaration)
1510       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1511         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1512     return 0;
1513 
1514   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1515     if (ForRedeclaration)
1516       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1517         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1518     return 0;
1519 
1520   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1521     if (ForRedeclaration)
1522       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1523         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1524     return 0;
1525   }
1526 
1527   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1528     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1529       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1530       << R;
1531     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1532         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1533           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1534       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1535         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1536         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1537   }
1538 
1539   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1540                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1541                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1542                                            SC_Extern,
1543                                            false,
1544                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1545   New->setImplicit();
1546 
1547   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1548   // FunctionDecl.
1549   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1550     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1551     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1552       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1553         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1554                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1555                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1556                             SC_None, 0);
1557       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1558       Params.push_back(parm);
1559     }
1560     New->setParams(Params);
1561   }
1562 
1563   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1564 
1565   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1566   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1567   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1568   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1569   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1570   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1571   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1572   CurContext = SavedContext;
1573   return New;
1574 }
1575 
1576 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1577 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1578 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1579 /// entity.
1580 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1581                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1582                                               LookupResult &previous){
1583   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1584   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1585     return;
1586 
1587   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1588   if (previous.empty())
1589     return;
1590 
1591   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1592   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1593     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1594 
1595     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1596     if (!old->isHidden())
1597       continue;
1598 
1599     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1600       filter.erase();
1601   }
1602 
1603   filter.done();
1604 }
1605 
1606 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1607   QualType OldType;
1608   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1609     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1610   else
1611     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1612   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1613 
1614   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1615     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1616     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1617     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1618       << Kind << NewType;
1619     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1620       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1621     New->setInvalidDecl();
1622     return true;
1623   }
1624 
1625   if (OldType != NewType &&
1626       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1627       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1628       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1629     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1630     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1631       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1632     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1633       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1634     New->setInvalidDecl();
1635     return true;
1636   }
1637   return false;
1638 }
1639 
1640 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1641 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1642 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1643 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1644 ///
1645 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1646   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1647   // merging checks.
1648   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1649 
1650   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1651   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1652   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1653     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1654     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1655     default: break;
1656     case 2:
1657       {
1658         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1659           break;
1660         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1661         if (!T->isPointerType())
1662           break;
1663         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1664           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1665           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1666             break;
1667         }
1668         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1669         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1670         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1671         return;
1672       }
1673     case 5:
1674       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1675         break;
1676       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1677       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1678       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1679       return;
1680     case 3:
1681       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1682         break;
1683       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1684       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1685       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1686       return;
1687     }
1688     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1689   }
1690 
1691   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1692   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1693   if (!Old) {
1694     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1695       << New->getDeclName();
1696 
1697     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1698     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1699       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1700 
1701     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1702   }
1703 
1704   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1705   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1706     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1707 
1708   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1709   // with any extensions enabled.
1710   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1711     return;
1712 
1713   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1714   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1715   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1716     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1717     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1718   }
1719 
1720   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1721     return;
1722 
1723   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1724     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1725     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1726     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1727     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1728     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1729       return;
1730 
1731     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1732     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1733     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1734     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1735     //
1736     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1737     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1738     //
1739     //   struct S {
1740     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1741     //   };
1742     //
1743     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1744     // allow the above but disallow
1745     //
1746     //   struct S {
1747     //     typedef int I;
1748     //     typedef int I;
1749     //   };
1750     //
1751     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1752     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1753       return;
1754 
1755     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1756       << New->getDeclName();
1757     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1758     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1759   }
1760 
1761   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1762   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1763     return;
1764 
1765   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1766   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1767   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1768   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1769   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1770       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1771        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1772     return;
1773 
1774   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1775     << New->getDeclName();
1776   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1777   return;
1778 }
1779 
1780 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1781 /// attribute.
1782 static bool
1783 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1784   // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
1785   // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
1786   // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
1787   const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
1788   if (AA)
1789     return false;
1790 
1791   // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated.
1792   switch (A->getKind()) {
1793     case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired:
1794     case attr::SharedLocksRequired:
1795     case attr::LocksExcluded:
1796     case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction:
1797     case attr::SharedLockFunction:
1798     case attr::UnlockFunction:
1799     case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction:
1800     case attr::SharedTrylockFunction:
1801     case attr::GuardedBy:
1802     case attr::PtGuardedBy:
1803     case attr::AcquiredBefore:
1804     case attr::AcquiredAfter:
1805       return false;
1806     default:
1807       ;
1808   }
1809 
1810   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1811   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1812   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1813     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1814       if (Ann) {
1815         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1816           return true;
1817         continue;
1818       }
1819       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1820       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1821         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1822       return true;
1823     }
1824 
1825   return false;
1826 }
1827 
1828 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1829   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1830     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1831   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1832     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1833   return true;
1834 }
1835 
1836 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1837 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1838 ///
1839 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1840 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1841   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1842   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1843   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0;
1844   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0;
1845   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1846   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1847          I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1848          E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1849     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1850     // in a case like:
1851     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1852     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1853     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1854     // definition in such a case.
1855     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1856       return false;
1857 
1858     if (I->isAlignas())
1859       OldAlignasAttr = *I;
1860 
1861     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1862     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1863       OldAlign = Align;
1864       OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I;
1865     }
1866   }
1867 
1868   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1869   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0;
1870   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1871   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1872          I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1873          E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1874     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1875       return false;
1876 
1877     if (I->isAlignas())
1878       NewAlignasAttr = *I;
1879 
1880     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1881     if (Align > NewAlign)
1882       NewAlign = Align;
1883   }
1884 
1885   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1886     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1887     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1888     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1889     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1890 
1891     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1892     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1893     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1894       QualType Ty;
1895       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1896         Ty = VD->getType();
1897       else
1898         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1899 
1900       if (OldAlign == 0)
1901         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1902       if (NewAlign == 0)
1903         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1904     }
1905 
1906     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1907       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1908         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
1909         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
1910       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1911     }
1912   }
1913 
1914   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
1915     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
1916     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
1917     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
1918     //   equivalent alignment.
1919     // C11 6.7.5/7:
1920     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
1921     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
1922     //   have no alignment specifier.
1923     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
1924       << OldAlignasAttr->isC11();
1925     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
1926       << OldAlignasAttr->isC11();
1927   }
1928 
1929   bool AnyAdded = false;
1930 
1931   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
1932   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
1933     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
1934     Clone->setInherited(true);
1935     New->addAttr(Clone);
1936     AnyAdded = true;
1937   }
1938 
1939   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
1940   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
1941       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
1942     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
1943     Clone->setInherited(true);
1944     New->addAttr(Clone);
1945     AnyAdded = true;
1946   }
1947 
1948   return AnyAdded;
1949 }
1950 
1951 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr,
1952                                bool Override) {
1953   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1954   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
1955   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1956     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1957                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1958                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1959                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
1960                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
1961   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1962     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1963                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
1964   else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1965     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1966                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
1967   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1968     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
1969                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1970   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1971     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
1972                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1973   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1974     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1975                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
1976                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1977   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1978     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
1979                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
1980   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
1981     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
1982     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
1983     NewAttr = 0;
1984   else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1985     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
1986 
1987   if (NewAttr) {
1988     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1989     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1990     return true;
1991   }
1992 
1993   return false;
1994 }
1995 
1996 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
1997   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1998     return TD->getDefinition();
1999   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2000     return VD->getDefinition();
2001   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2002     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2003     if (FD->hasBody(Def))
2004       return Def;
2005   }
2006   return NULL;
2007 }
2008 
2009 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2010   for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end();
2011        I != E; ++I) {
2012     Attr *Attribute = *I;
2013     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2014       return true;
2015   }
2016   return false;
2017 }
2018 
2019 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2020 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2021 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2022   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2023     return;
2024 
2025   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2026   if (!Def || Def == New)
2027     return;
2028 
2029   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2030   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2031     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2032     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2033       ++I;
2034       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2035     }
2036 
2037     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2038       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2039       ++I;
2040       continue;
2041     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2042       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2043         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2044         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2045         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2046         //   equivalent alignment.
2047         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2048         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2049         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2050         //   have no alignment specifier.
2051         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2052           << AA->isC11();
2053         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2054           << AA->isC11();
2055         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2056         --E;
2057         continue;
2058       }
2059     }
2060 
2061     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2062            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2063     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2064     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2065     --E;
2066   }
2067 }
2068 
2069 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2070 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2071                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2072   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2073     return;
2074 
2075   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2076   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2077 
2078   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2079     return;
2080 
2081   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2082 
2083   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2084   // we process them.
2085   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2086 
2087   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
2088          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
2089          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
2090        i != e; ++i) {
2091     bool Override = false;
2092     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2093     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
2094         isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
2095         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) {
2096       switch (AMK) {
2097       case AMK_None:
2098         continue;
2099 
2100       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2101         break;
2102 
2103       case AMK_Override:
2104         Override = true;
2105         break;
2106       }
2107     }
2108 
2109     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override))
2110       foundAny = true;
2111   }
2112 
2113   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2114     foundAny = true;
2115 
2116   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2117 }
2118 
2119 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2120 /// to the new one.
2121 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2122                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2123                                      Sema &S) {
2124   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2125   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2126   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2127   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2128   if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() &&
2129       !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2130     S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(),
2131            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2132     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2133     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2134     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2135       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2136     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2137       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2138     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2139            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2140   }
2141 
2142   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2143     return;
2144 
2145   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2146 
2147   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2148   // done before we process them.
2149   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2150 
2151   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
2152        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
2153        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
2154     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
2155       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2156         cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context));
2157       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2158       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2159       foundAny = true;
2160     }
2161   }
2162 
2163   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2164 }
2165 
2166 namespace {
2167 
2168 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2169 /// C.
2170 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2171   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2172   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2173   QualType PromotedType;
2174 };
2175 
2176 }
2177 
2178 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2179 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2180   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2181     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2182       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2183 
2184     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2185       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2186 
2187     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2188       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2189   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2190     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2191   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2192     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2193   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2194     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2195   }
2196 
2197   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2198 }
2199 
2200 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2201 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2202 /// GNU89 mode.
2203 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2204                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2205   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2206           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2207           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2208           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2209 }
2210 
2211 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2212   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2213   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2214     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2215   return AT;
2216 }
2217 
2218 template <typename T>
2219 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2220   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2221   if (DC->isRecord())
2222     return false;
2223 
2224   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2225   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2226     return true;
2227   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2228     return true;
2229   return false;
2230 }
2231 
2232 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2233 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2234 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2235 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2236 ///
2237 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2238 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2239 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2240 /// merged with.
2241 ///
2242 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2243 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S,
2244                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2245   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2246   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
2247   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
2248         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
2249     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2250   else
2251     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
2252   if (!Old) {
2253     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2254       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2255         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2256         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2257              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2258         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2259              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2260         return true;
2261       }
2262 
2263       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2264       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2265            diag::note_using_decl_target);
2266       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2267            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2268       return true;
2269     }
2270 
2271     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2272       << New->getDeclName();
2273     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2274     return true;
2275   }
2276 
2277   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2278   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2279     return true;
2280 
2281   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2282   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2283   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2284   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2285     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2286   else if (Old->isImplicit())
2287     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2288   else
2289     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2290 
2291   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2292   // is an extern inline function.
2293   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2294   // storage classes.
2295   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2296       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2297       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2298       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2299       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2300     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2301       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2302       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2303     } else {
2304       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2305       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2306       return true;
2307     }
2308   }
2309 
2310 
2311   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2312   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2313   // convention of the first.
2314   //
2315   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2316   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2317   //
2318   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2319   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2320   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2321   //
2322   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2323   // other tests to run.
2324   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2325   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2326   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2327   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2328   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2329   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2330   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2331 
2332   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2333     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2334     const FunctionType *FT =
2335         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2336     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2337     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2338     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2339       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2340       // there but not here.
2341       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2342       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2343     } else {
2344       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2345       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2346       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2347         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2348         << !FirstCCExplicit
2349         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2350             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2351 
2352       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2353       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2354       return true;
2355     }
2356   }
2357 
2358   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2359   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2360     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2361     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2362   }
2363 
2364   // Merge regparm attribute.
2365   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2366       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2367     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2368       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2369         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2370         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2371       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2372       return true;
2373     }
2374 
2375     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2376     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2377   }
2378 
2379   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2380   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2381     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2382       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2383       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2384       return true;
2385     }
2386 
2387     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2388     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2389   }
2390 
2391   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2392     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2393     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2394     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2395     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2396     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2397   }
2398 
2399   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2400   // UndefinedButUsed.
2401   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2402       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2403       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2404       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2405       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2406     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2407                                            SourceLocation()));
2408 
2409   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2410   // about it.
2411   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2412       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2413     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2414   }
2415 
2416   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2417     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2418     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2419     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2420     //        cannot be overloaded.
2421 
2422     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2423     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2424     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2425     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2426     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2427     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2428       ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2429       : OldType)->getResultType();
2430     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2431       ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2432       : NewType)->getResultType();
2433     QualType ResQT;
2434     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2435         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2436           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2437       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2438           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2439         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2440       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2441         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2442           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2443                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2444         else
2445           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2446         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2447         return true;
2448       }
2449       else
2450         NewQType = ResQT;
2451     }
2452 
2453     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
2454     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
2455     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2456       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2457       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2458       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType();
2459       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2460         New->setType(
2461             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2462                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2463                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2464         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2465             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2466                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2467                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2468       }
2469     }
2470 
2471     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2472     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2473     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2474       // Preserve triviality.
2475       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2476 
2477       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2478       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2479       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
2480       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2481                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2482                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2483       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2484 
2485       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2486           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2487         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2488         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2489         //       is a static member function declaration.
2490         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2491           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2492           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2493           return true;
2494         }
2495 
2496         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2497         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2498         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2499         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2500         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2501           unsigned NewDiag;
2502           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2503             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2504           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2505             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2506           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2507             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2508           else
2509             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2510 
2511           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2512         } else {
2513           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2514             << New << New->getType();
2515         }
2516         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2517 
2518       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2519       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2520       //
2521       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2522       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2523       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2524         if (isFriend) {
2525           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2526         } else {
2527           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2528                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2529             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2530           return true;
2531         }
2532       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2533         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2534              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2535           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2536         return true;
2537       }
2538     }
2539 
2540     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2541     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2542     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2543     //   attribute.
2544     if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() &&
2545         !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2546       Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(),
2547            diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2548       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2549            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2550     }
2551 
2552     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2553     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2554     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2555     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2556     if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() &&
2557         !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2558       Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(),
2559            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2560       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2561            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2562     }
2563 
2564     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2565     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2566     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2567     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2568 
2569     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2570     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2571     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2572       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2573       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2574         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2575       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2576       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2577     }
2578 
2579     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2580       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2581       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2582       return true;
2583     }
2584 
2585     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2586       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2587 
2588     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2589         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2590       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2591       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2592       // when we instantiate the function.
2593       return false;
2594     }
2595 
2596     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2597   }
2598 
2599   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2600   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2601   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2602       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2603     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2604     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2605     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2606     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2607         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2608       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2609       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2610       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2611       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2612                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
2613       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
2614                                          ParamTypes,
2615                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2616       New->setType(NewQType);
2617       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2618 
2619       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2620       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2621       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
2622              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2623              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
2624            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2625         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2626                                                  SourceLocation(),
2627                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2628                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2629                                                  SC_None,
2630                                                  0);
2631         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2632         Param->setImplicit();
2633         Params.push_back(Param);
2634       }
2635 
2636       New->setParams(Params);
2637     }
2638 
2639     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2640   }
2641 
2642   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2643   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2644   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2645   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2646   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2647   // the prototype.
2648   //
2649   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2650   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2651   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2652   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2653   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2654       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2655       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2656       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2657     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2658     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2659     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2660       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2661     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2662       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2663 
2664     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2665     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2666                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2667     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2668     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2669          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2670       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2671       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2672       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2673                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2674         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2675       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2676                                             NewParm->getType(),
2677                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2678         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2679           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2680         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2681         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2682       } else
2683         LooseCompatible = false;
2684     }
2685 
2686     if (LooseCompatible) {
2687       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2688         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2689              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2690           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2691           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2692         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2693           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2694                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2695       }
2696 
2697       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2698         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2699                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2700       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2701     }
2702 
2703     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2704   }
2705 
2706   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2707   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2708 
2709   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2710   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2711   unsigned BuiltinID;
2712   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2713     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2714     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2715     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2716       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2717       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2718         << Old << Old->getType();
2719 
2720       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2721       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2722       //
2723       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2724       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2725       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2726       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2727       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2728       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2729         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2730 
2731       return false;
2732     }
2733 
2734     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2735   }
2736 
2737   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2738   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2739   return true;
2740 }
2741 
2742 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2743 /// known to be compatible.
2744 ///
2745 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2746 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
2747 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2748 /// redeclaration of Old.
2749 ///
2750 /// \returns false
2751 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2752                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2753   // Merge the attributes
2754   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2755 
2756   // Merge "pure" flag.
2757   if (Old->isPure())
2758     New->setPure();
2759 
2760   // Merge "used" flag.
2761   New->setIsUsed(Old->isUsed(false));
2762 
2763   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2764   // declarations.
2765   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2766     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2767       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2768                                *this);
2769 
2770   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2771     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2772 
2773   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2774   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2775   // was visible.
2776   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2777   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2778     New->setType(Merged);
2779 
2780   return false;
2781 }
2782 
2783 
2784 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2785                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2786 
2787   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2788   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2789     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2790                                                    : AMK_Override;
2791   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2792 
2793   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2794   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2795                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2796   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2797          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2798        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2799     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2800 
2801   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2802 }
2803 
2804 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2805 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2806 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2807 ///
2808 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2809 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2810 /// is attached.
2811 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
2812                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2813   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2814     return;
2815 
2816   QualType MergedT;
2817   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2818     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2819       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2820       return;
2821     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2822       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2823       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2824     }
2825     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2826     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2827     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2828     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2829     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2830     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2831              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2832       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2833       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2834       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2835                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2836         MergedT = New->getType();
2837     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2838                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2839       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2840       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2841       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2842                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2843         MergedT = Old->getType();
2844     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2845                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2846       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2847                                               Old->getType());
2848     }
2849   } else {
2850     // C 6.2.7p2:
2851     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
2852     //   compatible type.
2853     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2854   }
2855   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2856     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
2857     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
2858     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
2859     // equivalent.
2860     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
2861     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
2862          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2863       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
2864       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
2865       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
2866       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2867         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
2868       return;
2869     }
2870 
2871     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
2872     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
2873     //
2874     //   extern int arr[];
2875     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
2876     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
2877     //
2878     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
2879     // to diagnose it.
2880     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2881       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2882     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2883     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2884   }
2885 
2886   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
2887   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
2888   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2889     New->setType(MergedT);
2890 }
2891 
2892 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
2893                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
2894   // C11 6.2.7p4:
2895   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
2896   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
2897   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
2898   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
2899   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
2900   //
2901   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
2902   if (Previous.isShadowed())
2903     return false;
2904 
2905   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2906     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
2907     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
2908     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
2909     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
2910     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
2911            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2912             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
2913   } else {
2914     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
2915     // type unless we're in the same function.
2916     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
2917            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
2918   }
2919 }
2920 
2921 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2922 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2923 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2924 ///
2925 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2926 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2927 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2928 ///
2929 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2930   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2931   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2932     return;
2933 
2934   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
2935   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2936   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
2937       (Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2938     if (New->getDescribedVarTemplate())
2939       Old = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate() ? Old : 0;
2940     else
2941       Old = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate() ? 0 : Old;
2942   }
2943   if (!Old) {
2944     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2945       << New->getDeclName();
2946     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2947          diag::note_previous_definition);
2948     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2949   }
2950 
2951   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
2952     return;
2953 
2954   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2955   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2956   //
2957   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2958   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2959     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2960       << New->getIdentifier();
2961     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2962     New->setInvalidDecl();
2963   }
2964 
2965   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2966   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
2967   // declaration
2968   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2969       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2970       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2971     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2972     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2973     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2974     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2975   }
2976 
2977   // Merge the types.
2978   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
2979 
2980   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2981     return;
2982 
2983   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
2984   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2985       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
2986       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
2987     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2988     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2989     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2990   }
2991   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2992   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2993   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2994   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2995   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2996   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2997   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2998   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2999   //   identifier has external linkage.
3000   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3001     /* Okay */;
3002   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3003            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3004            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3005     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3006     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3007     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3008   }
3009 
3010   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3011   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3012       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3013     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3014     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3015     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3016   }
3017   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3018       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3019     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3020     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3021     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3022   }
3023 
3024   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3025 
3026   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3027   // need to check for mismatches.
3028   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3029       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3030       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3031         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3032     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3033     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3034     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3035   }
3036 
3037   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3038     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3039       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3040       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3041     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3042       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3043       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3044     } else {
3045       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3046       // static and dynamic initialization.
3047       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3048       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3049       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3050         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3051       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3052     }
3053   }
3054 
3055   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3056   const VarDecl *Def;
3057   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3058       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3059       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3060     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3061     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3062     New->setInvalidDecl();
3063     return;
3064   }
3065 
3066   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3067     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3068     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3069     New->setInvalidDecl();
3070     return;
3071   }
3072 
3073   // Merge "used" flag.
3074   New->setIsUsed(Old->isUsed(false));
3075 
3076   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3077   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3078 
3079   // Inherit access appropriately.
3080   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3081 
3082   if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = New->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
3083     if (New->isStaticDataMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
3084       VTD->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3085   }
3086 }
3087 
3088 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3089 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3090 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3091                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3092   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3093 }
3094 
3095 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag) {
3096   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3097     return;
3098 
3099   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3100     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3101     // it is anonymous.
3102     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3103       return;
3104     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3105         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3106     S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag));
3107     return;
3108   }
3109 
3110   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3111   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3112   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3113           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3114                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3115     S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag));
3116   }
3117 }
3118 
3119 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3120 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3121 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3122 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3123                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3124                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3125                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3126   Decl *TagD = 0;
3127   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
3128   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3129       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3130       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3131       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3132       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3133     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3134 
3135     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3136       return 0;
3137 
3138     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3139     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3140     // it's a Type.
3141     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3142       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3143     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3144       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3145   }
3146 
3147   if (Tag) {
3148     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag);
3149     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3150     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3151       return Tag;
3152   }
3153 
3154   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3155     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3156     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3157     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3158       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3159            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3160            << DS.getSourceRange();
3161   }
3162 
3163   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3164     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3165     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3166     if (Tag)
3167       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3168         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3169             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3170             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3171             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3172     else
3173       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3174     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3175     return TagD;
3176   }
3177 
3178   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3179 
3180   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3181     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3182     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3183     if (TagD && !Tag)
3184       return 0;
3185     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3186   }
3187 
3188   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3189   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3190     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3191   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3192       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3193     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3194     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3195     // or an explicit specialization.
3196     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3197     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3198       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3199           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3200           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3201           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3202       << SS.getRange();
3203     return 0;
3204   }
3205 
3206   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3207   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3208 
3209   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3210   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3211     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3212         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3213       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3214           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3215         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
3216 
3217       DeclaresAnything = false;
3218     }
3219   }
3220 
3221   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3222   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3223       CurContext->isRecord() &&
3224       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3225     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3226     //   struct STRUCT;
3227     // and
3228     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3229     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3230     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3231         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3232          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3233       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3234         << DS.getSourceRange();
3235       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3236     }
3237   }
3238 
3239   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3240   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3241       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3242     return TagD;
3243 
3244   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3245       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3246     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3247       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3248           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3249         DeclaresAnything = false;
3250 
3251   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3252     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3253     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3254       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3255         << DS.getSourceRange();
3256     else
3257       DeclaresAnything = false;
3258   }
3259 
3260   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3261       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3262     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3263       << Tag->getTagKind()
3264       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3265 
3266   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3267 
3268   // C 6.7/2:
3269   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3270   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3271   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3272   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3273   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3274   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3275   //   previous declaration.
3276   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3277     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3278     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3279     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3280     return TagD;
3281   }
3282 
3283   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3284   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3285   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3286   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3287   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3288   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3289   //
3290   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3291   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3292   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3293     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3294 
3295   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3296   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3297   // useless.
3298   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
3299     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3300       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3301         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3302 
3303   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3304     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3305       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3306   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3307     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3308       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3309     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3310       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3311     // Restrict is covered above.
3312     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3313       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3314   }
3315 
3316   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3317   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3318   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3319   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3320     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3321     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3322         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3323         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3324         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3325         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3326       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3327       while (attrs) {
3328         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3329         << attrs->getName()
3330         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3331             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3332             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3333             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3334         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3335       }
3336     }
3337   }
3338 
3339   return TagD;
3340 }
3341 
3342 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3343 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3344 ///
3345 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3346 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3347                                          Scope *S,
3348                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3349                                          DeclarationName Name,
3350                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3351                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3352   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3353                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3354   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3355 
3356   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3357     return false;
3358 
3359   // Pick a representative declaration.
3360   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3361   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3362 
3363   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3364     return false;
3365 
3366   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3367   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3368 
3369   return true;
3370 }
3371 
3372 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3373 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3374 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3375 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3376 /// struct, e.g.,
3377 ///
3378 /// @code
3379 /// union {
3380 ///   int i;
3381 ///   float f;
3382 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3383 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3384 /// @endcode
3385 ///
3386 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3387 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3388 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3389                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3390                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3391                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3392                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3393                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3394   unsigned diagKind
3395     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3396                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3397 
3398   bool Invalid = false;
3399 
3400   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3401   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
3402                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
3403        D != DEnd; ++D) {
3404     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
3405         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
3406       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
3407       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3408                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3409         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3410         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3411         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3412         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3413         Invalid = true;
3414       } else {
3415         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3416         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3417         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3418         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3419         //   anonymous union is declared.
3420         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3421         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3422           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
3423                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
3424             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
3425         else
3426           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3427 
3428         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3429         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3430           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3431         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3432           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3433 
3434         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3435           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3436                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3437                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3438 
3439         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3440         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3441         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3442 
3443         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3444         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3445 
3446         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3447       }
3448     }
3449   }
3450 
3451   return Invalid;
3452 }
3453 
3454 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3455 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3456 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3457 static StorageClass
3458 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3459   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3460   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3461          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3462   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3463   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3464   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3465     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3466       return SC_None;
3467     return SC_Extern;
3468   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3469   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3470   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3471   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3472     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3473   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3474   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3475   }
3476   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3477 }
3478 
3479 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3480 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3481 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3482 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3483 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3484                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3485                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
3486   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3487 
3488   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3489   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3490     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3491   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3492     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3493   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3494     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3495 
3496   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3497   // structs/unions.
3498   bool Invalid = false;
3499   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3500     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3501     unsigned DiagID;
3502     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3503       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3504       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3505       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3506       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3507           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3508            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3509             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3510         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3511           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3512 
3513         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3514         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3515                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3516       }
3517       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3518       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3519       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3520       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3521                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3522         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3523              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3524           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3525 
3526         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3527         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3528                                SourceLocation(),
3529                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3530       }
3531     }
3532 
3533     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3534     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3535       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3536         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3537           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3538           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3539       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3540         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3541              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3542           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3543           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3544       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3545         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3546              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3547           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3548           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3549       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3550         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3551              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3552           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3553           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3554 
3555       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3556     }
3557 
3558     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3559     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3560     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3561     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3562     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
3563                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
3564          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
3565       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
3566         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3567         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3568         //   members (clause 11).
3569         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3570         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3571           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3572             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3573           Invalid = true;
3574         }
3575 
3576         // C++ [class.union]p1
3577         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3578         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3579         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3580         //   array of such objects.
3581         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3582           Invalid = true;
3583       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
3584         // Any implicit members are fine.
3585       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3586         // This is a type that showed up in an
3587         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3588         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3589         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3590       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
3591         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3592             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3593           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3594           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3595             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3596               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3597           else {
3598             // This is a nested type declaration.
3599             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3600               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3601             Invalid = true;
3602           }
3603         } else {
3604           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3605           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3606           // not part of standard C++.
3607           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3608                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3609             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3610         }
3611       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
3612         // Any access specifier is fine.
3613       } else {
3614         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3615         // member. Complain about it.
3616         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3617         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
3618           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3619         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
3620           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3621         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
3622           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3623 
3624         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3625         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3626             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3627           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3628             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3629         else {
3630           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
3631               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3632           Invalid = true;
3633         }
3634       }
3635     }
3636   }
3637 
3638   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3639     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3640       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3641     Invalid = true;
3642   }
3643 
3644   // Mock up a declarator.
3645   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3646   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3647   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3648 
3649   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3650   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3651   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3652     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3653                              DS.getLocStart(),
3654                              Record->getLocation(),
3655                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3656                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3657                              TInfo,
3658                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3659                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3660     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3661     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3662       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3663   } else {
3664     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3665     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3666     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3667       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3668       // an error here
3669       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3670       Invalid = true;
3671       SC = SC_None;
3672     }
3673 
3674     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3675                            DS.getLocStart(),
3676                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3677                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3678                            TInfo, SC);
3679 
3680     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3681     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3682     // initializer:
3683     //   union { int n = 0; };
3684     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3685   }
3686   Anon->setImplicit();
3687 
3688   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3689   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3690   // its members.
3691   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3692 
3693   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3694   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3695   // purposes.
3696   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3697   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3698 
3699   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3700                                           Chain, false))
3701     Invalid = true;
3702 
3703   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
3704   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
3705   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
3706   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
3707   // builds its lookup table, and once by
3708   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
3709   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3710 
3711   if (Invalid)
3712     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3713 
3714   return Anon;
3715 }
3716 
3717 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3718 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3719 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3720 /// Example:
3721 ///
3722 /// struct A { int a; };
3723 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3724 ///
3725 /// void foo() {
3726 ///   B var;
3727 ///   var.a = 3;
3728 /// }
3729 ///
3730 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3731                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3732 
3733   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3734   if (!Record)
3735     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3736 
3737   // Mock up a declarator.
3738   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3739   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3740   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3741 
3742   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3743   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3744                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3745                              DS.getLocStart(),
3746                              DS.getLocStart(),
3747                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3748                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3749                              TInfo,
3750                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3751                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3752   Anon->setImplicit();
3753 
3754   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3755   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3756 
3757   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3758   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3759   // purposes.
3760   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3761   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3762 
3763   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3764   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3765                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3766                                                         Chain, true))
3767     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3768 
3769   return Anon;
3770 }
3771 
3772 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3773 /// given Declarator.
3774 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3775   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3776 }
3777 
3778 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3779 DeclarationNameInfo
3780 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3781   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3782   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3783 
3784   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3785 
3786   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3787   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3788     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3789     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3790     return NameInfo;
3791 
3792   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3793     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3794                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3795     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3796     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3797       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3798     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3799       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3800     return NameInfo;
3801 
3802   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3803     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3804                                                            Name.Identifier));
3805     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3806     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3807     return NameInfo;
3808 
3809   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3810     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3811     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3812     if (Ty.isNull())
3813       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3814     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3815                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3816     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3817     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3818     return NameInfo;
3819   }
3820 
3821   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3822     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3823     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3824     if (Ty.isNull())
3825       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3826     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3827                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3828     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3829     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3830     return NameInfo;
3831   }
3832 
3833   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3834     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3835     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3836     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3837     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3838     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3839       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3840 
3841     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3842     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3843 
3844     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3845     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3846     // was qualified.
3847 
3848     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3849                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3850     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3851     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3852     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3853     return NameInfo;
3854   }
3855 
3856   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3857     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3858     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3859     if (Ty.isNull())
3860       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3861     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3862                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3863     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3864     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3865     return NameInfo;
3866   }
3867 
3868   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3869     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3870     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3871     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3872   }
3873 
3874   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3875 
3876   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3877 }
3878 
3879 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3880   do {
3881     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3882       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3883     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3884       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3885     else
3886       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3887   } while (true);
3888 }
3889 
3890 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3891 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3892 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3893 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3894 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3895 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3896 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3897 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3898                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3899                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3900                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3901   Params.clear();
3902   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3903     return false;
3904   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3905     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3906     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3907 
3908     // The parameter types are identical
3909     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3910       continue;
3911 
3912     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3913     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3914     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3915     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3916 
3917     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3918         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3919       Params.push_back(Idx);
3920     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3921       return false;
3922   }
3923 
3924   return true;
3925 }
3926 
3927 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3928 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3929 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3930 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3931 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3932 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3933                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3934   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3935   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3936   //   - types which will become injected class names
3937   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3938   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3939   // few cases here.
3940 
3941   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3942   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3943   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3944   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3945   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3946   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3947     // Grab the type from the parser.
3948     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3949     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3950     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3951 
3952     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3953     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3954     // attached already.
3955     if (!TSI)
3956       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3957 
3958     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3959     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3960     if (!TSI) return true;
3961 
3962     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3963     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3964     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3965     break;
3966   }
3967 
3968   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3969   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3970     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3971     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3972     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3973     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3974     break;
3975   }
3976 
3977   default:
3978     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3979     break;
3980   }
3981 
3982   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3983   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3984     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3985 
3986     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3987     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3988     // pointer.
3989     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3990       continue;
3991 
3992     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3993     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3994     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3995       return true;
3996   }
3997 
3998   return false;
3999 }
4000 
4001 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4002   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4003   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4004 
4005   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4006       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4007     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4008 
4009   return Dcl;
4010 }
4011 
4012 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4013 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4014 ///   name different from T:
4015 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4016 ///     - every member function of class T
4017 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4018 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4019 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4020                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4021   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4022 
4023   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4024     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4025       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4026       return true;
4027     }
4028 
4029   return false;
4030 }
4031 
4032 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4033 /// nested-name-specifier.
4034 ///
4035 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4036 ///
4037 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4038 /// resolves.
4039 ///
4040 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4041 ///
4042 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4043 ///
4044 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4045 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4046                                         DeclarationName Name,
4047                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
4048   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4049   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4050     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4051 
4052   // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4053   //   A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition
4054   //   of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of
4055   //   its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function
4056   //   or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the
4057   //   definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace,
4058   //   or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of
4059   //   another class or namespace (11.3). [...]
4060 
4061   // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4062   // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared.
4063   //
4064   // class X {
4065   //   void X::f();
4066   // };
4067   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4068     Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4069                                    : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4070       << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4071     SS.clear();
4072     return false;
4073   }
4074 
4075   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4076   // declaration.
4077   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4078     if (Cur->isRecord())
4079       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4080         << Name << SS.getRange();
4081     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4082       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4083         << Name << SS.getRange();
4084     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4085       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4086         << Name << SS.getRange();
4087     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4088       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4089         << Name << SS.getRange();
4090     else
4091       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4092       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4093 
4094     return true;
4095   }
4096 
4097   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4098     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4099     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4100       << Name << SS.getRange();
4101     SS.clear();
4102 
4103     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4104     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4105     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4106     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4107          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4108         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4109                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4110       return true;
4111 
4112     return false;
4113   }
4114 
4115   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4116   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4117   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4118   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4119   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4120     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4121   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4122         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4123     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4124       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4125 
4126   return false;
4127 }
4128 
4129 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4130                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4131   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4132   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4133   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4134 
4135   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4136   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4137   if (!Name) {
4138     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4139       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4140            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4141         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4142     return 0;
4143   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4144     return 0;
4145 
4146   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4147   // we find one that is.
4148   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4149          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4150     S = S->getParent();
4151 
4152   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4153   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4154     D.setInvalidType();
4155   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4156     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4157                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4158       return 0;
4159 
4160     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4161     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4162     if (!DC) {
4163       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4164       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4165       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4166       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4167       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4168            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4169         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4170         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4171       return 0;
4172     }
4173     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4174 
4175     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4176         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4177       return 0;
4178 
4179     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4180       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4181            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4182         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4183       D.setInvalidType();
4184     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4185       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4186                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4187         if (DC->isRecord())
4188           return 0;
4189 
4190         D.setInvalidType();
4191       }
4192     }
4193 
4194     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4195     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4196     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4197         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4198       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4199       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4200         D.setInvalidType();
4201     }
4202   }
4203 
4204   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4205     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4206     // Just return early; it's safer.
4207     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4208       return 0;
4209 
4210   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4211   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4212 
4213   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4214                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4215     D.setInvalidType();
4216 
4217   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4218                         ForRedeclaration);
4219 
4220   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4221   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4222     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4223     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4224 
4225     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4226     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4227     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4228     //
4229     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4230     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4231     // the same name.
4232     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4233       /* Do nothing*/;
4234     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4235              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4236               R->isFunctionType())) {
4237       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4238       CreateBuiltins =
4239           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4240     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4241                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4242       CreateBuiltins = true;
4243 
4244     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4245       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4246 
4247     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4248   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4249     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4250 
4251     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4252     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4253     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4254     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4255     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4256     //  thereof; [...]
4257     //
4258     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4259     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4260     // we want to match. For example, given:
4261     //
4262     //   class X {
4263     //     void f();
4264     //     void f(float);
4265     //   };
4266     //
4267     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4268     //
4269     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4270     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4271     // matches.
4272 
4273     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4274     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4275     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4276     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4277     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4278   }
4279 
4280   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4281       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4282     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4283     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4284       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4285                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4286 
4287     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4288     Previous.clear();
4289   }
4290 
4291   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4292   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4293   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4294   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4295   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4296       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4297     Previous.clear();
4298 
4299   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4300   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4301   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4302     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4303 
4304   NamedDecl *New;
4305 
4306   bool AddToScope = true;
4307   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4308     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4309       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4310       return 0;
4311     }
4312 
4313     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4314   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4315     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4316                                   TemplateParamLists,
4317                                   AddToScope);
4318   } else {
4319     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4320                                   AddToScope);
4321   }
4322 
4323   if (New == 0)
4324     return 0;
4325 
4326   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4327   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4328   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4329        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4330     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4331     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4332     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4333     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4334     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4335     if (!AddToContext)
4336       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4337   }
4338 
4339   return New;
4340 }
4341 
4342 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4343 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4344 /// GCC compatibility).
4345 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4346                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4347                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4348                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4349   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4350   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4351   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4352   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4353   SizeIsNegative = false;
4354   Oversized = 0;
4355 
4356   if (T->isDependentType())
4357     return QualType();
4358 
4359   QualifierCollector Qs;
4360   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4361 
4362   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4363     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4364     QualType FixedType =
4365         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4366                                             Oversized);
4367     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4368     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4369     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4370   }
4371   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4372     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4373     QualType FixedType =
4374         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4375                                             Oversized);
4376     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4377     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4378     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4379   }
4380 
4381   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4382   if (!VLATy)
4383     return QualType();
4384   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4385   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4386     return QualType();
4387 
4388   llvm::APSInt Res;
4389   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4390       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4391     return QualType();
4392 
4393   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4394   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4395     SizeIsNegative = true;
4396     return QualType();
4397   }
4398 
4399   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4400   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4401     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4402                                               Res);
4403   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4404     Oversized = Res;
4405     return QualType();
4406   }
4407 
4408   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4409                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4410 }
4411 
4412 static void
4413 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4414   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4415     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4416     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4417                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4418     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4419     return;
4420   }
4421   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4422     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4423     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4424                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4425     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4426     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4427     return;
4428   }
4429   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4430   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4431   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4432   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4433   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4434   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4435   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4436   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4437 }
4438 
4439 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4440 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4441 /// GCC compatibility).
4442 static TypeSourceInfo*
4443 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4444                                               ASTContext &Context,
4445                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4446                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4447   QualType FixedTy
4448     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4449                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4450   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4451     return 0;
4452   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4453   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4454                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4455   return FixedTInfo;
4456 }
4457 
4458 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4459 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4460 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4461 /// function-scope declarations.
4462 void
4463 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4464   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4465       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4466     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4467     return;
4468 
4469   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4470   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4471   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4472   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4473 }
4474 
4475 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4476   if (ExternalSource) {
4477     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4478     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4479     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4480     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4481     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4482       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4483         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4484       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4485         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4486     }
4487   }
4488 
4489   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4490   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : 0;
4491 }
4492 
4493 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4494 /// does not identify a function.
4495 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4496   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4497   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4498   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4499     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4500          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4501 
4502   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4503     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4504          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4505 
4506   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4507     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4508          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4509 
4510   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4511     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4512          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4513 }
4514 
4515 NamedDecl*
4516 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4517                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4518   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4519   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4520     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4521       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4522     D.setInvalidType();
4523     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4524     DC = CurContext;
4525     Previous.clear();
4526   }
4527 
4528   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4529 
4530   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4531     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4532       << 1;
4533 
4534   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4535     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4536       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4537     return 0;
4538   }
4539 
4540   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4541   if (!NewTD) return 0;
4542 
4543   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4544   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4545 
4546   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4547 
4548   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4549   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4550   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4551   return ND;
4552 }
4553 
4554 void
4555 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4556   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4557   // then it shall have block scope.
4558   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4559   // that redeclarations will match.
4560   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4561   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4562   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4563     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4564 
4565     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4566       bool SizeIsNegative;
4567       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4568       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4569         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4570                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4571                                                       Oversized);
4572       if (FixedTInfo) {
4573         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4574         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4575       } else {
4576         if (SizeIsNegative)
4577           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4578         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4579           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4580         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4581           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4582             << Oversized.toString(10);
4583         else
4584           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4585         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4586       }
4587     }
4588   }
4589 }
4590 
4591 
4592 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4593 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4594 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4595 NamedDecl*
4596 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4597                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4598   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4599   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4600   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
4601                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
4602   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4603   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4604     Redeclaration = true;
4605     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4606   }
4607 
4608   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4609   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4610     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4611         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4612       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4613         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4614       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4615         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4616       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4617         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4618       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4619         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4620     }
4621 
4622   return NewTD;
4623 }
4624 
4625 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4626 /// previous declaration.
4627 ///
4628 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4629 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4630 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4631 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4632 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4633 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4634 ///
4635 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4636 /// lookup
4637 ///
4638 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4639 /// declared.
4640 ///
4641 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4642 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4643 static bool
4644 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4645                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4646   if (!PrevDecl)
4647     return false;
4648 
4649   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4650     return false;
4651 
4652   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4653     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4654     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4655     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4656     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4657     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4658     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4659     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4660     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4661       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4662       return false;
4663 
4664     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4665     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4666       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4667       return false;
4668 
4669     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4670     // previous declarations.
4671     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4672     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4673 
4674     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4675     // isn't the same function.
4676     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4677       return false;
4678   }
4679 
4680   return true;
4681 }
4682 
4683 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4684   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4685   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4686   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4687 }
4688 
4689 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4690   QualType type = decl->getType();
4691   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4692   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4693     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4694     unsigned kind = -1U;
4695     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4696       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4697         kind = 0; // __block
4698       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4699         kind = 1; // global
4700     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4701       kind = 3; // ivar
4702     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4703       kind = 2; // field
4704     }
4705 
4706     if (kind != -1U) {
4707       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4708         << kind;
4709     }
4710   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4711     // Try to infer lifetime.
4712     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4713       return false;
4714 
4715     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4716     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4717     decl->setType(type);
4718   }
4719 
4720   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4721     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4722     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4723         var->getTLSKind()) {
4724       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4725         << var->getType();
4726       return true;
4727     }
4728   }
4729 
4730   return false;
4731 }
4732 
4733 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4734   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4735   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4736     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4737       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4738       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4739     }
4740   }
4741   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4742     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4743       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4744       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4745     }
4746   }
4747 
4748   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4749   // It does not apply to functions.
4750   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4751     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4752       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4753       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4754     }
4755   }
4756 }
4757 
4758 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
4759 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
4760 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
4761 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
4762   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
4763 
4764   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
4765   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
4766 
4767   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
4768   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
4769     return false;
4770 
4771   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
4772 
4773 #ifndef NDEBUG
4774   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
4775   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
4776   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
4777   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
4778   FD->setLazyBody(1);
4779 #endif
4780 
4781   bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline);
4782 
4783 #ifndef NDEBUG
4784   FD->setLazyBody(0);
4785 #endif
4786 
4787   return isC99Inline;
4788 }
4789 
4790 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
4791 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
4792 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
4793 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
4794 ///
4795 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
4796 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
4797 ///
4798 /// For instance:
4799 ///
4800 ///   auto x = []{};
4801 ///
4802 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
4803 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
4804 ///
4805 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
4806 template<typename T>
4807 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
4808   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4809     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
4810     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
4811       return false;
4812   }
4813   return D->isExternC();
4814 }
4815 
4816 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
4817   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4818   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4819     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
4820   if (DC->isFileContext())
4821     return true;
4822   if (DC->isRecord())
4823     return false;
4824   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4825 }
4826 
4827 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
4828   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4829   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4830     return true;
4831   if (DC->isRecord())
4832     return false;
4833   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4834 }
4835 
4836 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
4837 /// function-local external declaration.
4838 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
4839   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4840     return false;
4841 
4842   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
4843   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
4844   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
4845   if (DC->isDependentContext())
4846     return true;
4847 
4848   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
4849   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
4850   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
4851   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
4852   //
4853   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
4854   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
4855   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
4856     DC = DC->getParent();
4857   return true;
4858 }
4859 
4860 NamedDecl *
4861 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4862                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4863                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
4864                               bool &AddToScope) {
4865   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4866   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4867 
4868   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4869   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
4870     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
4871 
4872   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
4873   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
4874                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
4875 
4876   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
4877     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
4878     // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
4879     if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
4880       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
4881       D.setInvalidType();
4882     }
4883   }
4884 
4885   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4886     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4887     // an error here
4888     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4889     D.setInvalidType();
4890     SC = SC_None;
4891   }
4892 
4893   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
4894       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
4895                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
4896     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
4897     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
4898     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
4899     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4900          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
4901       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4902   }
4903 
4904   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4905   if (!II) {
4906     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4907       << Name;
4908     return 0;
4909   }
4910 
4911   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4912 
4913   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4914     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4915     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
4916     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
4917       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
4918       // is a GNU extension.
4919       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
4920         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
4921       else
4922         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
4923       D.setInvalidType();
4924     }
4925   }
4926 
4927   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4928     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
4929     // OpenCL __local address space.
4930     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
4931       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4932     }
4933 
4934     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
4935     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
4936     // space qualifiers.
4937     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
4938       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
4939       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
4940     }
4941 
4942     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
4943     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
4944     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
4945     // address space qualifiers.
4946     if (R->isEventT()) {
4947       if (S->getParent() == 0) {
4948         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
4949         D.setInvalidType();
4950       }
4951 
4952       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
4953         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
4954         D.setInvalidType();
4955       }
4956     }
4957   }
4958 
4959   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
4960   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
4961   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
4962   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
4963   VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 0;
4964   VarDecl *NewVD = 0;
4965   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 0;
4966   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4967     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4968                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4969                             R, TInfo, SC);
4970 
4971     if (D.isInvalidType())
4972       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4973   } else {
4974     bool Invalid = false;
4975 
4976     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
4977       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
4978       switch (SC) {
4979       case SC_None:
4980         break;
4981       case SC_Static:
4982         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4983              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
4984           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4985         break;
4986       case SC_Auto:
4987       case SC_Register:
4988       case SC_Extern:
4989         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
4990         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
4991         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
4992         // of class members
4993 
4994         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4995              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
4996           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4997         break;
4998       case SC_PrivateExtern:
4999         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5000       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5001         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5002       }
5003     }
5004 
5005     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5006       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5007         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5008           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5009                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5010             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5011 
5012         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5013         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5014         if (RD->isUnion())
5015           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5016                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5017                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5018                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5019         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5020         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5021           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5022                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5023             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5024       }
5025     }
5026 
5027     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
5028     if (Previous.begin() != Previous.end())
5029       PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
5030     PrevVarTemplate = dyn_cast_or_null<VarTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl);
5031 
5032     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5033     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5034     TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
5035         MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5036             D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5037             D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists,
5038             /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5039     if (TemplateParams) {
5040       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5041           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5042         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5043         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5044         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5045              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5046           << II
5047           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5048                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5049       } else {
5050         // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5051         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5052              getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y
5053                  ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5054                  : diag::ext_variable_template);
5055 
5056         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5057           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5058           // Check that we can declare a specialization here
5059 
5060           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5061           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5062 
5063         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5064           // This is a template declaration.
5065           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5066 
5067           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5068           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5069             return 0;
5070 
5071           // If there is a previous declaration with the same name, check
5072           // whether this is a valid redeclaration.
5073           if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S))
5074             PrevDecl = PrevVarTemplate = 0;
5075 
5076           if (PrevVarTemplate) {
5077             // Ensure that the template parameter lists are compatible.
5078             if (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(
5079                     TemplateParams, PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5080                     /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
5081               return 0;
5082           } else if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
5083             // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5084             DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
5085 
5086             // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5087             PrevDecl = 0;
5088           } else if (PrevDecl) {
5089             // C++ [temp]p5:
5090             // ... a template name declared in namespace scope or in class
5091             // scope shall be unique in that scope.
5092             Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
5093                 << Name;
5094             Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
5095             return 0;
5096           }
5097 
5098           // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5099           // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5100           // template declaration.
5101           if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5102                   TemplateParams,
5103                   PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5104                                   : 0,
5105                   (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5106                    DC->isDependentContext())
5107                       ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5108                       : TPC_VarTemplate))
5109             Invalid = true;
5110 
5111           if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5112             // If the name of the template was qualified, we must be defining
5113             // the template out-of-line.
5114             if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid() && !Invalid &&
5115                 !PrevVarTemplate) {
5116               Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match)
5117                   << Name << DC << /*IsDefinition*/true
5118                   << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5119               Invalid = true;
5120             }
5121           }
5122         }
5123       }
5124     } else if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5125       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5126 
5127       // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5128       // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5129       // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5130       // too few of them).
5131       // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
5132       // (starting with "template") and the rest.
5133       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5134           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5135           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5136                                         "template<> ");
5137       IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5138     }
5139 
5140     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5141       if (!PrevVarTemplate) {
5142         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_var_spec_no_template)
5143             << IsPartialSpecialization;
5144         return 0;
5145       }
5146 
5147       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5148           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5149               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5150               : SourceLocation();
5151       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5152           S, PrevVarTemplate, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5153           IsPartialSpecialization);
5154       if (Res.isInvalid())
5155         return 0;
5156       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5157       AddToScope = false;
5158     } else
5159       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5160                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5161 
5162     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5163     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5164       NewTemplate =
5165           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5166                                   TemplateParams, NewVD, PrevVarTemplate);
5167       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5168     }
5169 
5170     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5171     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5172     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5173       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5174 
5175     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5176       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5177       if (NewTemplate)
5178         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5179     }
5180 
5181     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5182 
5183     // FIXME: Do we need D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()?
5184     if (TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 1 &&
5185         (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization || D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())) {
5186       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5187           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, TemplateParamLists.data());
5188     } else if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization ||
5189                (!TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 &&
5190                 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()))) {
5191       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5192                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
5193                                            TemplateParamLists.data());
5194     }
5195 
5196     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5197       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5198   }
5199 
5200   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5201   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5202   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5203   if (NewTemplate)
5204     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5205 
5206   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5207     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5208 
5209   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5210     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5211       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5212       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5213       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5214       //   explicitly.
5215       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5216       //   'extern'.
5217       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5218           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5219           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5220         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5221       else
5222         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5223              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5224           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5225     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5226       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5227            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5228     else
5229       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5230   }
5231 
5232   // C99 6.7.4p3
5233   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5234   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5235   //   thread storage duration...
5236   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5237   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5238   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5239   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5240   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5241   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5242       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5243     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5244     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5245       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5246            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5247       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5248     }
5249   }
5250 
5251   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5252     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5253       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5254           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5255           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5256                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5257     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5258       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5259         << 2
5260         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5261     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5262       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5263         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5264         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5265         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5266     else {
5267       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5268       if (NewTemplate)
5269         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5270     }
5271   }
5272 
5273   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5274   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5275 
5276   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
5277     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
5278 
5279   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5280     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5281     // storage [duration]."
5282     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5283         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5284          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5285       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5286     }
5287   }
5288 
5289   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5290   // retainable type.
5291   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5292     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5293 
5294   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5295   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5296     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5297     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5298     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5299     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
5300       switch (SC) {
5301       case SC_None:
5302       case SC_Auto:
5303         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5304         break;
5305       case SC_Register:
5306         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5307           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5308         break;
5309       case SC_Static:
5310       case SC_Extern:
5311       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5312       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5313         break;
5314       }
5315     }
5316 
5317     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5318                                                 Context, Label));
5319   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5320     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5321       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5322     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5323       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5324       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5325     }
5326   }
5327 
5328   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5329   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
5330     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5331 
5332   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5333   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5334   // declaration has linkage).
5335   FilterLookupForScope(
5336       Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5337       IsExplicitSpecialization || IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5338 
5339   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5340   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5341   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5342       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5343     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5344         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5345         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5346 
5347   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5348     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5349   } else {
5350     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5351     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5352       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5353           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5354           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5355         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5356         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5357         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5358           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5359         Previous.clear();
5360         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5361       }
5362     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5363       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5364       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5365         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5366         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5367       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5368     }
5369 
5370     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5371       if (PrevVarTemplate) {
5372         LookupResult PrevDecl(*this, GetNameForDeclarator(D),
5373                               LookupOrdinaryName, ForRedeclaration);
5374         PrevDecl.addDecl(PrevVarTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
5375         D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, PrevDecl));
5376       } else
5377         D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5378     }
5379 
5380     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
5381     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5382         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5383       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5384   }
5385 
5386   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5387   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD);
5388 
5389   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5390   // the map of such variables.
5391   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5392       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5393     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5394 
5395   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5396     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5397     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5398             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5399                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5400       Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD));
5401     }
5402   }
5403 
5404   // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5405   // template, make a note of that.
5406   if (PrevVarTemplate && PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5407     PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5408 
5409   if (NewTemplate) {
5410     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5411     return NewTemplate;
5412   }
5413 
5414   return NewVD;
5415 }
5416 
5417 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5418 /// -Wshadow.
5419 ///
5420 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5421 /// scope.
5422 ///
5423 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5424 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5425 ///
5426 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5427   // Return if warning is ignored.
5428   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
5429         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5430     return;
5431 
5432   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5433   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5434     return;
5435 
5436   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5437 
5438   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5439   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5440     return;
5441 
5442   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5443   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5444     return;
5445 
5446   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5447   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5448     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5449       if (MD->isStatic())
5450         return;
5451 
5452   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5453     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5454       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5455       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5456       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
5457              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
5458            I != E; ++I)
5459         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5460           ShadowedDecl = *I;
5461           break;
5462         }
5463     }
5464 
5465   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5466 
5467   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5468   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5469     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5470     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5471       return;
5472 
5473     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5474     // static data members from base classes?
5475 
5476     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5477     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5478     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5479   }
5480 
5481   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5482   unsigned Kind;
5483   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5484     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5485       Kind = 3; // field
5486     else
5487       Kind = 2; // static data member
5488   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5489     Kind = 1; // global
5490   else
5491     Kind = 0; // local
5492 
5493   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5494 
5495   // Emit warning and note.
5496   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5497   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5498 }
5499 
5500 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5501 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5502   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
5503         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5504     return;
5505 
5506   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5507                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5508   LookupName(R, S);
5509   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5510 }
5511 
5512 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5513 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5514 template<typename T>
5515 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5516     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5517   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5518   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5519 
5520   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5521     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5522     // declaration.
5523     return false;
5524   }
5525 
5526   if (Prev) {
5527     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5528       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5529       // redeclaration.
5530       Previous.clear();
5531       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5532       return true;
5533     }
5534 
5535     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5536     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5537     // declaration.
5538     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5539       return false;
5540   } else {
5541     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5542     // translation unit which might conflict.
5543     if (IsGlobal) {
5544       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5545       IsGlobal = false;
5546       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5547            I != E; ++I) {
5548         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5549           Prev = *I;
5550           break;
5551         }
5552       }
5553     } else {
5554       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5555           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5556       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5557            I != E; ++I) {
5558         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5559           Prev = *I;
5560           break;
5561         }
5562         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5563         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5564         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5565         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5566         // diagnostic.
5567       }
5568     }
5569 
5570     if (!Prev)
5571       return false;
5572   }
5573 
5574   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5575   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5576   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5577   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5578     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
5579   else
5580     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
5581 
5582   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5583     << IsGlobal << ND;
5584   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5585     << IsGlobal;
5586   return false;
5587 }
5588 
5589 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5590 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5591 ///
5592 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5593 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5594 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5595 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5596 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
5597 template<typename T>
5598 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5599                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
5600   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5601     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5602     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
5603     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
5604     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5605       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5606         Previous.clear();
5607         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5608         return true;
5609       }
5610     }
5611     return false;
5612   }
5613 
5614   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5615   // declaration.
5616   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5617     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5618 
5619   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5620   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5621   // in another scope.
5622   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5623     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5624 
5625   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
5626   return false;
5627 }
5628 
5629 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5630   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5631   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5632     return;
5633 
5634   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5635   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5636 
5637   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5638   if (T->isUndeducedType())
5639     return;
5640 
5641   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5642     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5643       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5644     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5645     NewVD->setType(T);
5646   }
5647 
5648   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5649   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5650   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5651   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5652   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5653     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5654     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5655     return;
5656   }
5657 
5658   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5659   // __constant address space.
5660   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5661       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5662       && !T->isSamplerT()){
5663     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5664     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5665     return;
5666   }
5667 
5668   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5669   // scope.
5670   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5671       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5672     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5673     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5674     return;
5675   }
5676 
5677   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
5678       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5679     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5680       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
5681     else {
5682       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
5683       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
5684     }
5685   }
5686 
5687   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
5688   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
5689       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5690     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5691 
5692   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
5693       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
5694     bool SizeIsNegative;
5695     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5696     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5697       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5698                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5699     if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
5700       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
5701       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
5702       // int a[10][n];
5703       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
5704 
5705       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5706         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
5707         << SizeRange;
5708       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
5709         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
5710         << SizeRange;
5711       else
5712         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
5713         << SizeRange;
5714       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5715       return;
5716     }
5717 
5718     if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
5719       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5720         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5721       else
5722         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
5723       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5724       return;
5725     }
5726 
5727     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5728     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
5729     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5730   }
5731 
5732   if (T->isVoidType()) {
5733     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
5734     //                    of objects and functions.
5735     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5736       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
5737         << T;
5738       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5739       return;
5740     }
5741   }
5742 
5743   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5744     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5745     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5746     return;
5747   }
5748 
5749   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5750     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
5751     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5752     return;
5753   }
5754 
5755   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
5756       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
5757                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
5758     // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced.
5759     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5760     return;
5761   }
5762 }
5763 
5764 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
5765 /// declaration.
5766 ///
5767 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
5768 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
5769 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
5770 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
5771 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
5772 ///
5773 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
5774 ///
5775 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
5776 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
5777   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
5778 
5779   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5780   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5781     return false;
5782 
5783   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
5784   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
5785   if (Previous.empty() &&
5786       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
5787     Previous.setShadowed();
5788 
5789   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
5790   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
5791 
5792   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5793     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
5794     return true;
5795   }
5796   return false;
5797 }
5798 
5799 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
5800 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
5801   Sema *S;
5802   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
5803 };
5804 
5805 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
5806 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
5807 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
5808 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
5809                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
5810                                  void *UserData) {
5811   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
5812 
5813   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
5814     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
5815 
5816   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
5817 
5818   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
5819   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5820     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
5821     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
5822     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
5823 
5824     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
5825   }
5826 
5827   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
5828        !Path.Decls.empty();
5829        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
5830     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
5831     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5832       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
5833         return true;
5834     }
5835   }
5836 
5837   return false;
5838 }
5839 
5840 namespace {
5841   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
5842 }
5843 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
5844 /// overriden methods.
5845 ///
5846 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
5847 /// \param MD the overriding method.
5848 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
5849 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5850                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
5851   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
5852   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
5853                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
5854        I != E; ++I) {
5855     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
5856     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
5857     // out the diag loop 3 times.
5858     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
5859         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
5860         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
5861       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5862   }
5863 }
5864 
5865 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
5866 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
5867 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
5868   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
5869   CXXBasePaths Paths;
5870   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
5871   Data.Method = MD;
5872   Data.S = this;
5873   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5874   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5875   bool AddedAny = false;
5876   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
5877     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
5878          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5879       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
5880         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
5881         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
5882             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
5883             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
5884             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
5885           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
5886           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
5887           AddedAny = true;
5888         }
5889       }
5890     }
5891   }
5892 
5893   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
5894     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
5895   }
5896   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
5897     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
5898   }
5899 
5900   return AddedAny;
5901 }
5902 
5903 namespace {
5904   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
5905   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
5906   struct ActOnFDArgs {
5907     Scope *S;
5908     Declarator &D;
5909     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
5910     bool AddToScope;
5911   };
5912 }
5913 
5914 namespace {
5915 
5916 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
5917 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
5918 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
5919  public:
5920   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
5921                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
5922       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
5923         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
5924 
5925   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
5926     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
5927       return false;
5928 
5929     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
5930     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
5931                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
5932          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
5933       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
5934 
5935       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
5936           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5937         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5938           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
5939           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
5940             return true;
5941         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
5942           return true;
5943         }
5944       }
5945     }
5946 
5947     return false;
5948   }
5949 
5950  private:
5951   ASTContext &Context;
5952   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
5953   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
5954 };
5955 
5956 }
5957 
5958 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
5959 ///
5960 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
5961 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
5962 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
5963 /// the same name.
5964 ///
5965 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
5966 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
5967 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
5968     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
5969     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
5970   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
5971   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
5972   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
5973   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
5974   TypoCorrection Correction;
5975   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
5976   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
5977                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
5978   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
5979                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
5980                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
5981                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5982 
5983   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5984   if (IsLocalFriend)
5985     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
5986   else
5987     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
5988   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
5989          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
5990   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
5991   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
5992                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
5993   if (!Prev.empty()) {
5994     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
5995          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
5996       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
5997       if (FD &&
5998           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5999         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6000         // involve a parameter
6001         unsigned ParamNum =
6002             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6003         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6004       }
6005     }
6006   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6007   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6008                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6009                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6010                  IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) {
6011     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6012     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6013                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6014     Previous.clear();
6015     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6016     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6017                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6018          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6019       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6020       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6021           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6022         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6023       }
6024     }
6025     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6026 
6027     NamedDecl *Result;
6028     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6029     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6030     {
6031       // Trap errors.
6032       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6033 
6034       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6035       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6036       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6037       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6038           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6039           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6040           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6041           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6042 
6043       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6044         Result = 0;
6045     }
6046 
6047     if (Result) {
6048       // Determine which correction we picked.
6049       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6050       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6051            I != E; ++I)
6052         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6053           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6054 
6055       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6056           Correction,
6057           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6058                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6059                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6060             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6061       return Result;
6062     }
6063 
6064     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6065     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6066                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6067     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6068     Previous.clear();
6069     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6070   }
6071 
6072   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6073       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6074 
6075   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6076   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6077     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6078 
6079   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6080        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6081        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6082     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6083     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6084     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6085     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6086 
6087     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6088     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6089       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6090       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6091       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6092       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6093                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6094         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6095         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6096     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6097       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6098           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6099     } else
6100       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6101                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6102                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6103   }
6104   return 0;
6105 }
6106 
6107 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6108                                                           Declarator &D) {
6109   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6110   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6111   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6112   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6113   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6114     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6115                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6116     D.setInvalidType();
6117     break;
6118   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6119   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6120     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6121       return SC_None;
6122     return SC_Extern;
6123   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6124     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6125       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6126       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6127       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6128       //   other than extern
6129       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6130       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6131                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6132       break;
6133     } else
6134       return SC_Static;
6135   }
6136   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6137   }
6138 
6139   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6140   return SC_None;
6141 }
6142 
6143 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6144                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6145                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6146                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6147                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6148   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6149   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6150 
6151   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
6152   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6153 
6154   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6155     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6156     // prototype. This true when:
6157     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6158     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6159     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6160     bool HasPrototype =
6161       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6162       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6163 
6164     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6165                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6166                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6167                                  HasPrototype, false);
6168     if (D.isInvalidType())
6169       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6170 
6171     // Set the lexical context.
6172     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6173 
6174     return NewFD;
6175   }
6176 
6177   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6178   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6179 
6180   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6181   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6182   // the class has been completely parsed.
6183   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6184       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6185                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
6186                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6187                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6188     D.setInvalidType();
6189 
6190   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6191     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6192     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6193            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6194 
6195     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6196     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6197                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6198                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6199                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6200                                       isConstexpr);
6201 
6202   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6203     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6204     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6205       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6206       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6207       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6208                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6209                                         D.getLocStart(),
6210                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6211                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6212 
6213       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6214       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6215       // it yet.
6216       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6217           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6218           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6219         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6220       }
6221 
6222       // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
6223       // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
6224       // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
6225       if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
6226           !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() &&
6227           !Record->isBeingDefined()) {
6228         SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD);
6229       }
6230 
6231       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6232       return NewDD;
6233 
6234     } else {
6235       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6236       D.setInvalidType();
6237 
6238       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6239       // code path.
6240       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6241                                   D.getLocStart(),
6242                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6243                                   SC, isInline,
6244                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6245     }
6246 
6247   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6248     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6249       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6250            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6251       return 0;
6252     }
6253 
6254     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6255     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6256     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6257                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6258                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6259                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6260 
6261   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6262     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6263     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6264     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6265     // constructor if it has no return type).
6266     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6267         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6268       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6269         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6270         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6271       return 0;
6272     }
6273 
6274     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6275     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6276                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6277                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6278                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6279                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6280     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6281     return Ret;
6282   } else {
6283     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6284     // prototype. This true when:
6285     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6286     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6287                                 D.getLocStart(),
6288                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6289                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6290   }
6291 }
6292 
6293 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) {
6294   // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
6295   // typedef of void is not permitted.
6296   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6297       Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
6298     bool IsTypeAlias = false;
6299     if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
6300       IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
6301     else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
6302                Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
6303       IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
6304     Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
6305       << IsTypeAlias;
6306   }
6307 }
6308 
6309 enum OpenCLParamType {
6310   ValidKernelParam,
6311   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6312   PtrKernelParam,
6313   InvalidKernelParam,
6314   RecordKernelParam
6315 };
6316 
6317 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6318   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6319     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6320     return PointeeType->isPointerType() ? PtrPtrKernelParam : PtrKernelParam;
6321   }
6322 
6323   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6324   // be used as builtin types.
6325 
6326   if (PT->isImageType())
6327     return PtrKernelParam;
6328 
6329   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6330     return InvalidKernelParam;
6331 
6332   if (PT->isEventT())
6333     return InvalidKernelParam;
6334 
6335   if (PT->isHalfType())
6336     return InvalidKernelParam;
6337 
6338   if (PT->isRecordType())
6339     return RecordKernelParam;
6340 
6341   return ValidKernelParam;
6342 }
6343 
6344 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6345   Sema &S,
6346   Declarator &D,
6347   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6348   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) {
6349   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6350 
6351   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6352   // used again
6353   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6354     return;
6355 
6356   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6357   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6358     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6359     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6360     // pointer to a pointer type.
6361     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6362     D.setInvalidType();
6363     return;
6364 
6365     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6366     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6367     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6368     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6369     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6370 
6371   case InvalidKernelParam:
6372     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6373     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6374     // of event_t type.
6375     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6376     D.setInvalidType();
6377     return;
6378 
6379   case PtrKernelParam:
6380   case ValidKernelParam:
6381     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6382     return;
6383 
6384   case RecordKernelParam:
6385     break;
6386   }
6387 
6388   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6389   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6390 
6391   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6392   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6393   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6394   HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0);
6395 
6396   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6397   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6398 
6399   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6400 
6401   do {
6402     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6403     if (!Next) {
6404       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6405       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6406       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6407         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6408 
6409       continue;
6410     }
6411 
6412     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6413     // field itself) to the history stack.
6414     const RecordDecl *RD;
6415     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6416       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6417       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6418     } else {
6419       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6420     }
6421 
6422     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6423     VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0);
6424 
6425     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(),
6426            E = RD->field_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6427       const FieldDecl *FD = *I;
6428       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6429 
6430       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6431         continue;
6432 
6433       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6434       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6435         continue;
6436 
6437       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6438         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6439         continue;
6440       }
6441 
6442       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6443       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6444       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6445       // union.
6446       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam) {
6447         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6448                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6449           << PT->isUnionType()
6450           << PT;
6451       } else {
6452         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6453       }
6454 
6455       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6456         << PD->getDeclName();
6457 
6458       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6459       // the offending field came from
6460       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6461              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6462         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6463         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6464           << OuterField->getType();
6465       }
6466 
6467       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6468         << QT->isPointerType()
6469         << QT;
6470       D.setInvalidType();
6471       return;
6472     }
6473   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6474 }
6475 
6476 NamedDecl*
6477 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6478                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6479                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6480                               bool &AddToScope) {
6481   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6482 
6483   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6484 
6485   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6486   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6487   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6488   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6489 
6490   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6491     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6492          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6493       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6494 
6495   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6496     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6497 
6498   bool isFriend = false;
6499   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
6500   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6501   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6502 
6503   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6504   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6505   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6506 
6507   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6508 
6509   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6510   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6511 
6512   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6513                                               isVirtualOkay);
6514   if (!NewFD) return 0;
6515 
6516   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6517     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6518 
6519   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6520   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6521   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6522   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6523 
6524   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6525     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6526 
6527   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6528     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6529     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6530     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6531     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6532     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6533     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6534       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6535       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6536       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6537       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6538     }
6539 
6540     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6541     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6542     // return true).
6543     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6544           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6545       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6546         NewFD->setPure(true);
6547     }
6548 
6549     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6550     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6551     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6552     if (D.isInvalidType())
6553       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6554 
6555     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6556     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6557     bool Invalid = false;
6558     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6559             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6560                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6561                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend,
6562                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
6563       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6564         // This is a function template
6565 
6566         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6567         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6568           return 0;
6569 
6570         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6571         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6572           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6573           return 0;
6574         }
6575 
6576         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6577         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6578         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6579         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6580           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6581           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6582             Invalid = true;
6583         }
6584 
6585 
6586         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6587                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6588                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6589                                                         NewFD);
6590         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6591         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6592 
6593         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6594         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6595           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6596                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6597                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6598         }
6599       } else {
6600         // This is a function template specialization.
6601         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6602         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6603         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6604                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6605                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6606 
6607         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6608         if (isFriend) {
6609           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6610           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6611 
6612           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6613           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6614           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6615           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6616           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6617           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6618           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6619             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6620             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6621           }
6622 
6623           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6624             << Name << RemoveRange
6625             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6626             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6627         }
6628       }
6629     }
6630     else {
6631       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6632       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6633       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6634         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6635         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6636                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6637                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6638     }
6639 
6640     if (Invalid) {
6641       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6642       if (FunctionTemplate)
6643         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6644     }
6645 
6646     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6647     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6648     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6649     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6650     //
6651     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6652       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6653         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6654              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6655       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6656         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6657         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6658              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6659           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6660       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6661         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6662         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
6663         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6664              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6665           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6666       } else {
6667         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6668         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6669       }
6670 
6671       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6672           NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType())
6673         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6674     }
6675 
6676     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && NewFD->isDependentContext() &&
6677         NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) {
6678       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
6679       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
6680       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
6681       // thing to do.
6682       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6683           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6684       QualType Result = SubstAutoType(FPT->getResultType(),
6685                                        Context.DependentTy);
6686       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getArgTypes(),
6687                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
6688     }
6689 
6690     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
6691     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
6692     //  declaration.
6693     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6694       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6695         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
6696         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6697              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6698           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6699       }
6700     }
6701 
6702     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
6703     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
6704     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
6705     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
6706     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6707       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6708         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
6709         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6710              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
6711           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6712       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
6713                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6714         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
6715         // or conversion function.
6716         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6717              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
6718           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6719       }
6720     }
6721 
6722     if (isConstexpr) {
6723       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
6724       // are implicitly inline.
6725       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6726 
6727       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
6728       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
6729       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
6730       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
6731         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
6732     }
6733 
6734     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
6735     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6736       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6737         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
6738           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
6739         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6740           << 0
6741           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
6742       } else {
6743         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
6744         if (FunctionTemplate)
6745           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6746       }
6747     }
6748 
6749     if (isFriend) {
6750       if (FunctionTemplate) {
6751         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6752         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
6753       }
6754       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6755       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6756     }
6757 
6758     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
6759     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
6760       case FDK_Declaration:
6761       case FDK_Definition:
6762         break;
6763 
6764       case FDK_Defaulted:
6765         NewFD->setDefaulted();
6766         break;
6767 
6768       case FDK_Deleted:
6769         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
6770         break;
6771     }
6772 
6773     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
6774         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6775       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
6776       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
6777       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
6778       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6779     }
6780 
6781     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
6782         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6783       // C++ [class.static]p1:
6784       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
6785       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
6786       //   the class.
6787 
6788       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
6789       // member function definition.
6790       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6791            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6792         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6793     }
6794 
6795     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
6796     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
6797     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
6798     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6799     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
6800          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
6801         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
6802       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6803       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
6804       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
6805                                              FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI));
6806     }
6807 
6808     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
6809     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
6810     //
6811     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
6812     if (isInline && NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction())
6813       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6814            diag::err_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
6815         << NewFD->getDeclName();
6816   }
6817 
6818   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
6819   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
6820                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
6821                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
6822 
6823   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6824   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
6825     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6826     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6827     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
6828                                                 SE->getString()));
6829   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6830     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6831       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
6832     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6833       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
6834       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6835     }
6836   }
6837 
6838   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
6839   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
6840   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
6841   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
6842     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6843 
6844     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
6845     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
6846     // single void argument.
6847     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
6848     // already checks for that case.
6849     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
6850         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
6851         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6852       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
6853       checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param));
6854     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
6855       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6856         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
6857         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
6858         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
6859         Params.push_back(Param);
6860 
6861         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
6862           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6863       }
6864     }
6865 
6866   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6867     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
6868     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
6869     // parameters for use in the declaration.
6870     //
6871     // @code
6872     // typedef void fn(int);
6873     // fn f;
6874     // @endcode
6875 
6876     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
6877     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
6878          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
6879       ParmVarDecl *Param =
6880         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
6881       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
6882       Params.push_back(Param);
6883     }
6884   } else {
6885     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
6886            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
6887   }
6888 
6889   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
6890   NewFD->setParams(Params);
6891 
6892   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
6893   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
6894   //
6895   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
6896   //
6897   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
6898   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
6899   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
6900 
6901   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
6902     NewFD->addAttr(
6903         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6904                                        Context));
6905 
6906   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
6907   // because all functions have linkage.
6908   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6909       NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6910     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
6911     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6912   }
6913 
6914   // Handle attributes.
6915   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
6916 
6917   QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType();
6918   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
6919       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
6920   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
6921       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
6922     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6923     // Attach the attribute to the new decl. Don't apply the attribute if it
6924     // returns an instance of the class (e.g. assignment operators).
6925     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) {
6926       NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(),
6927                                                         Context));
6928     }
6929   }
6930 
6931   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6932     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
6933     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
6934     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
6935       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
6936 
6937     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
6938       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
6939 
6940     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6941       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
6942                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
6943     else if (!Previous.empty())
6944       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
6945       D.setRedeclaration(true);
6946     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
6947             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
6948            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
6949   } else {
6950     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
6951     // argument list into our AST format.
6952     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6953       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
6954       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
6955       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6956       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6957                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
6958       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
6959                                  TemplateArgs);
6960 
6961       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
6962 
6963       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6964         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6965       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
6966         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
6967         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
6968           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6969 
6970         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6971       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
6972                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
6973         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
6974         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
6975         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
6976         // too few of them).
6977         // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
6978         // (starting with "template") and the rest.
6979         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
6980           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
6981           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
6982                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
6983                                         "template<> ");
6984         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6985       } else {
6986         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
6987         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6988       }
6989     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6990       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
6991       // wrote something like:
6992       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
6993       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
6994       //   friend void foo<>(int);
6995       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
6996       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
6997         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6998       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6999     }
7000 
7001     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7002     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7003     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7004     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7005     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7006     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7007         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7008          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7009             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7010             InstantiationDependent))) {
7011       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7012              "friend function specialization without template args");
7013       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7014                                                        Previous))
7015         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7016     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7017       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7018           && !isFriend) {
7019         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7020         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7021           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7022           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7023           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7024       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7025                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
7026                                                      Previous))
7027         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7028 
7029       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7030       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7031       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7032       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7033           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7034       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7035         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7036           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7037                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7038             << SC
7039             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7040                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7041 
7042         else
7043           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7044                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7045             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7046                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7047       }
7048 
7049     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7050       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7051           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7052     }
7053 
7054     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7055     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7056       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7057         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7058 
7059       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7060         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7061 
7062       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7063         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
7064         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
7065         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
7066           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
7067       } else
7068         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7069                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7070     }
7071 
7072     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7073             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7074            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7075 
7076     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7077                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7078                                 : NewFD);
7079 
7080     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7081       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7082       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7083         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7084 
7085       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7086       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7087     }
7088 
7089     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7090         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7091       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7092 
7093     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7094     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7095     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7096       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7097                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7098       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7099                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
7100                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7101                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7102                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7103                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7104                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7105                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7106                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7107                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7108                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7109     }
7110 
7111     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7112       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7113     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7114       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7115                                        AddToScope };
7116       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7117       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7118         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7119 
7120       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7121       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7122         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7123         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7124 
7125         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7126         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7127         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7128         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7129         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7130         // can actually do this check immediately.
7131         if (isFriend &&
7132             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7133              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7134              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7135           // ignore these
7136         } else {
7137           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7138           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7139           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7140           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7141           //
7142           // class X {
7143           //   void f() const;
7144           // };
7145           //
7146           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7147           //
7148           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7149           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7150           // whether the parameter types are references).
7151 
7152           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7153                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) {
7154             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7155             return Result;
7156           }
7157         }
7158 
7159         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7160         // to something.
7161       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7162         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7163                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7164           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7165           return Result;
7166         }
7167       }
7168 
7169     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7170                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7171                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7172       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7173       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7174       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7175       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7176       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7177       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7178       // generate them.
7179       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7180         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7181     }
7182   }
7183 
7184   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7185   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7186 
7187   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7188 
7189   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7190       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7191     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7192          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7193       << NewFD;
7194 
7195     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7196     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7197     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7198         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7199     EPI.Variadic = true;
7200     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7201 
7202     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI);
7203     NewFD->setType(R);
7204   }
7205 
7206   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7207   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7208   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7209     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7210 
7211   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7212   // marking the function.
7213   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7214 
7215   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7216   // the map of such variables.
7217   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7218       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7219     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7220 
7221   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7222   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7223 
7224   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7225     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7226       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7227         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7228       return FunctionTemplate;
7229     }
7230   }
7231 
7232   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7233     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7234     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7235         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7236       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7237       D.setInvalidType();
7238     }
7239 
7240     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7241     if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) {
7242       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7243            diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type);
7244       D.setInvalidType();
7245     }
7246 
7247     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7248     for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(),
7249          PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) {
7250       ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI;
7251       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7252     }
7253   }
7254 
7255   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7256 
7257   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7258     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7259       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7260           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7261         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7262           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
7263             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7264 
7265           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7266         }
7267       }
7268 
7269   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7270   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7271   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7272   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7273     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7274                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7275                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7276                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7277                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7278     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7279     AddToScope = false;
7280   }
7281 
7282   return NewFD;
7283 }
7284 
7285 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7286 ///
7287 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7288 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7289 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7290 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7291 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7292 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7293 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7294 ///
7295 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7296 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7297 ///
7298 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7299 ///
7300 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7301 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7302                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7303                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7304   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
7305          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7306 
7307   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7308   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7309   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7310   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7311                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7312 
7313   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7314   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7315 
7316   bool Redeclaration = false;
7317   NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
7318 
7319   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7320   // the same name, if appropriate.
7321   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7322     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7323     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7324     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7325     // function to the scope.
7326     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7327       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7328       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7329         Redeclaration = true;
7330         OldDecl = Candidate;
7331       }
7332     } else {
7333       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7334                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7335       case Ovl_Match:
7336         Redeclaration = true;
7337         break;
7338 
7339       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7340         Redeclaration = true;
7341         break;
7342 
7343       case Ovl_Overload:
7344         Redeclaration = false;
7345         break;
7346       }
7347 
7348       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7349         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7350         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7351         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7352           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7353         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
7354         if (Redeclaration)
7355           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7356         else if (!Previous.empty())
7357           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7358         if (OverloadedDecl)
7359           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7360                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7361         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
7362                                                         Context));
7363       }
7364     }
7365   }
7366 
7367   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7368   if (!Redeclaration &&
7369       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7370     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7371     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7372       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7373       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7374       Redeclaration = true;
7375       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7376       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7377 
7378       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7379       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7380         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7381           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7382             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7383           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7384                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7385           NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
7386                                                           Context));
7387         }
7388         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7389           Redeclaration = false;
7390           OldDecl = 0;
7391         }
7392       }
7393     }
7394   }
7395 
7396   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7397   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7398   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7399   //
7400   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7401   // definition of a static member function.
7402   //
7403   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7404   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7405   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7406   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7407       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7408       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7409     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7410     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD =
7411           dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
7412       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl());
7413     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7414       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7415         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7416       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7417       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7418       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
7419                                           FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI));
7420 
7421       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7422       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7423       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7424         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7425         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7426                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7427           AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7428 
7429         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7430           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7431       }
7432     }
7433   }
7434 
7435   if (Redeclaration) {
7436     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7437     // merged.
7438     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7439       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7440       return Redeclaration;
7441     }
7442 
7443     Previous.clear();
7444     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7445 
7446     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7447                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7448       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7449       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7450         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7451       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7452       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7453             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7454         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7455         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7456       }
7457 
7458       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7459       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7460       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7461           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7462         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7463         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7464       }
7465 
7466     } else {
7467       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7468       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7469 
7470       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7471         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7472         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7473         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7474         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7475 
7476         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7477         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7478         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7479 
7480         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7481         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7482             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7483           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7484           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7485           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7486           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7487           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7488             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7489           }
7490         }
7491       }
7492     }
7493   }
7494 
7495   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7496   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7497     // C++-specific checks.
7498     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7499       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7500     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7501                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7502       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7503       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7504 
7505       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7506       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7507       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7508         DeclarationName Name
7509           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7510                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7511         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7512           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7513           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7514           return Redeclaration;
7515         }
7516       }
7517     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7518                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7519       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7520     }
7521 
7522     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7523     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7524       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7525           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7526           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7527         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7528           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7529           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7530             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7531           }
7532         }
7533       }
7534 
7535       if (Method->isStatic())
7536         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7537     }
7538 
7539     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7540     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7541         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7542       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7543       return Redeclaration;
7544     }
7545 
7546     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7547     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7548         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7549       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7550       return Redeclaration;
7551     }
7552 
7553     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7554     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7555     // during delayed parsing anyway.
7556     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7557       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7558 
7559     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7560     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7561     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7562       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7563       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7564       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7565       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7566         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7567         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7568         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7569       }
7570     }
7571 
7572     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7573     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7574     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7575     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7576     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7577       QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
7578       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7579         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7580             << NewFD << R;
7581       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7582                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7583         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7584     }
7585   }
7586   return Redeclaration;
7587 }
7588 
7589 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7590   const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
7591   if (!TSI)
7592     return SourceRange();
7593 
7594   TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
7595   FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
7596   if (!FunctionTL)
7597     return SourceRange();
7598 
7599   TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc();
7600   if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>())
7601     return ResultTL.getSourceRange();
7602 
7603   return SourceRange();
7604 }
7605 
7606 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7607   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline,
7608   //   static or constexpr is ill-formed.
7609   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7610   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7611   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7612   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7613   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7614     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7615          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7616       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7617   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7618     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7619       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7620   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
7621     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
7622     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc,
7623                               PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7624     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
7625     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
7626       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
7627   }
7628   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
7629     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
7630       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
7631     FD->setConstexpr(false);
7632   }
7633 
7634   QualType T = FD->getType();
7635   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7636   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7637 
7638   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
7639   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7640     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7641     // set the flag which tells us that.
7642     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7643     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7644 
7645   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7646   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7647   // implicit-return-zero rule.
7648   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7649     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7650 
7651     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7652     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7653       Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7654           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7655 
7656   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7657   } else {
7658     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7659     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7660       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7661           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7662     else
7663       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
7664 
7665     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7666   }
7667 
7668   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
7669   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
7670 
7671   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
7672   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
7673   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
7674 
7675   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
7676 
7677   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
7678   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
7679   // getting shifty.
7680   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
7681     HasExtraParameters = false;
7682 
7683   if (HasExtraParameters) {
7684     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
7685     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7686     nparams = 3;
7687   }
7688 
7689   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
7690   // if we had some location information about types.
7691 
7692   QualType CharPP =
7693     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
7694   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
7695 
7696   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
7697     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
7698 
7699     bool mismatch = true;
7700 
7701     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
7702       mismatch = false;
7703     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
7704       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
7705       //   char const **
7706       //   char const * const *
7707       //   char * const *
7708 
7709       QualifierCollector qs;
7710       const PointerType* PT;
7711       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7712           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7713           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
7714                               Context.CharTy)) {
7715         qs.removeConst();
7716         mismatch = !qs.empty();
7717       }
7718     }
7719 
7720     if (mismatch) {
7721       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
7722       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
7723       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7724     }
7725   }
7726 
7727   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7728     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
7729   }
7730 
7731   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7732     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD->getName();
7733     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7734   }
7735 }
7736 
7737 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7738   QualType T = FD->getType();
7739   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7740   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7741 
7742   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
7743   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
7744   if (FT->getResultType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
7745       FT->getResultType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7746       FT->getResultType()->isNullPtrType())
7747     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
7748     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
7749       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7750 
7751   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7752     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD->getName();
7753     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7754   }
7755 }
7756 
7757 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
7758   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
7759   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
7760   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
7761   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
7762   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
7763   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
7764   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
7765   // rules there don't matter.)
7766   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
7767     return false;
7768   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
7769     << Init->getSourceRange();
7770   return true;
7771 }
7772 
7773 namespace {
7774   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
7775   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
7776   class SelfReferenceChecker
7777       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
7778     Sema &S;
7779     Decl *OrigDecl;
7780     bool isRecordType;
7781     bool isPODType;
7782     bool isReferenceType;
7783 
7784   public:
7785     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
7786 
7787     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
7788                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
7789       isPODType = false;
7790       isRecordType = false;
7791       isReferenceType = false;
7792       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
7793         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
7794         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
7795         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
7796       }
7797     }
7798 
7799     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
7800     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
7801     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
7802     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
7803       if (isReferenceType)
7804         return;
7805       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7806       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
7807         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7808         return;
7809       }
7810 
7811       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7812         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
7813         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
7814         return;
7815       }
7816 
7817       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
7818         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7819         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7820           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
7821           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7822             return;
7823           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7824         }
7825         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
7826           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7827         return;
7828       }
7829     }
7830 
7831     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
7832     // bad, not just r-value uses.
7833     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
7834       if (isReferenceType)
7835         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
7836     }
7837 
7838     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
7839       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
7840           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
7841         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7842 
7843       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
7844     }
7845 
7846     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
7847       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
7848       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
7849 
7850       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
7851       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
7852       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
7853       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
7854       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7855       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7856         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7857           Warn = false;
7858         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7859       }
7860 
7861       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
7862         if (Warn)
7863           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7864         return;
7865       }
7866 
7867       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
7868       // Visit that expression.
7869       Visit(Base);
7870     }
7871 
7872     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
7873       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
7874         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
7875           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7876 
7877       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
7878     }
7879 
7880     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
7881       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
7882       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
7883           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
7884         if (!isPODType)
7885           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7886         return;
7887       }
7888       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
7889     }
7890 
7891     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
7892 
7893     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
7894       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
7895       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
7896       unsigned diag;
7897       if (isReferenceType) {
7898         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
7899       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
7900         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
7901       } else {
7902         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
7903       }
7904 
7905       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
7906                             S.PDiag(diag)
7907                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
7908                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
7909                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
7910     }
7911   };
7912 
7913   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
7914   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
7915                                  bool DirectInit) {
7916     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
7917     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
7918     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
7919       return;
7920 
7921     E = E->IgnoreParens();
7922 
7923     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
7924     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
7925     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
7926       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
7927         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
7928           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
7929             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
7930               return;
7931 
7932     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
7933   }
7934 }
7935 
7936 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
7937 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
7938 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
7939 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
7940                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7941   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
7942   // the initializer.
7943   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
7944     return;
7945 
7946   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
7947     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
7948     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
7949     // Thus this grotesque test.
7950     IntegerLiteral *IL;
7951     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
7952         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
7953       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
7954     else {
7955       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
7956         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
7957       Method->setInvalidDecl();
7958     }
7959     return;
7960   }
7961 
7962   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
7963   if (!VDecl) {
7964     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
7965     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
7966     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7967     return;
7968   }
7969   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
7970 
7971   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
7972   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7973     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
7974     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
7975     // contains exactly one expression.
7976     if (CXXDirectInit) {
7977       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
7978         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
7979         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
7980         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
7981              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
7982                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
7983           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
7984           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
7985         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7986         return;
7987       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
7988         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
7989              VDecl->isInitCapture()
7990                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
7991                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
7992           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
7993           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
7994         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7995         return;
7996       } else {
7997         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
7998       }
7999     }
8000 
8001     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8002     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8003     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8004         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8005       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8006       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8007         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8008         return;
8009       }
8010       Init = Result.take();
8011       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8012     }
8013 
8014     QualType DeducedType;
8015     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8016             DAR_Failed)
8017       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8018     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8019       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8020       return;
8021     }
8022     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8023     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8024 
8025     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8026     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8027       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8028 
8029     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8030     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8031     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8032     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8033     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8034         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8035       SourceLocation Loc =
8036           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8037       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8038         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8039     }
8040 
8041     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8042     // the previously declared type.
8043     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8044       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8045       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8046       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8047     }
8048 
8049     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8050     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8051     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8052       return;
8053   }
8054 
8055   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8056     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8057     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8058     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8059     return;
8060   }
8061 
8062   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8063     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8064     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8065     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8066     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8067     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8068       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8069     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8070                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8071       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8072       return;
8073     }
8074 
8075     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8076     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8077                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8078                                AbstractVariableType))
8079       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8080   }
8081 
8082   const VarDecl *Def;
8083   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8084     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8085       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8086     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8087     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8088     return;
8089   }
8090 
8091   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
8092   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8093     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8094     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8095     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8096     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8097     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8098     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8099     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8100     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8101     //
8102     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8103     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8104     // declaration with an initializer.
8105     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8106       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8107         << VDecl->getDeclName();
8108       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8109       return;
8110     }
8111 
8112     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8113       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8114 
8115     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8116       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8117       return;
8118     }
8119   }
8120 
8121   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8122   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8123   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8124     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8125     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8126     return;
8127   }
8128 
8129   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8130   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8131   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8132 
8133   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8134   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8135   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8136       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8137     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8138     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8139       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8140       return;
8141     }
8142     Init = Result.take();
8143   }
8144 
8145   // Perform the initialization.
8146   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8147     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8148     InitializationKind Kind
8149       = DirectInit ?
8150           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8151                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8152                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8153                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8154                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8155                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8156                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8157 
8158     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8159     if (CXXDirectInit)
8160       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8161                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8162 
8163     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8164     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8165     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8166       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8167       return;
8168     }
8169 
8170     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
8171   }
8172 
8173   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8174   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8175   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8176   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8177       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8178     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8179   }
8180 
8181   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8182   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8183   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8184   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8185   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8186     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8187 
8188   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8189     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8190 
8191     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8192       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8193 
8194     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8195     // Although this code can still have problems:
8196     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8197     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8198     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8199     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8200     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8201     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
8202       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
8203         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8204                                  Init->getLocStart());
8205       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8206         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8207     }
8208   }
8209 
8210   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8211   //
8212   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8213   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8214   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8215   //
8216   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8217   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8218   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8219   //
8220   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8221   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8222                                           false,
8223                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8224   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8225     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8226     return;
8227   }
8228   Init = Result.take();
8229 
8230   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8231   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8232 
8233   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8234     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8235     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8236     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8237     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8238       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8239         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8240       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8241       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8242       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8243       // constant expressions.
8244       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8245                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8246                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
8247         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(),
8248              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8249           << Init->getSourceRange();
8250     }
8251   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8252              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8253     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8254     //
8255     // struct S {
8256     //   static const int value = 17;
8257     // };
8258 
8259     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8260     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8261     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8262     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8263     //
8264     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8265     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8266     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8267     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8268     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8269     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8270     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8271     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8272     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8273 
8274     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8275     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8276 
8277     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8278     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8279     // type.
8280     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8281 
8282     // Require constness.
8283     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8284       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8285         << Init->getSourceRange();
8286       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8287 
8288     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8289     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8290       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8291       SourceLocation Loc;
8292       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8293         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8294         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8295         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8296       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8297         ; // Nothing to check.
8298       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8299         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8300       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8301         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8302         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8303         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8304           << Init->getSourceRange();
8305       } else {
8306         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8307         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8308         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8309           << Init->getSourceRange();
8310         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8311       }
8312 
8313     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8314     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8315       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8316       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8317       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8318         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8319              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8320             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8321         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8322              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8323             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8324       } else {
8325         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8326           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8327 
8328         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8329           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8330             << Init->getSourceRange();
8331           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8332         }
8333       }
8334 
8335     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8336     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8337       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8338         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8339         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8340       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8341 
8342     } else {
8343       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8344         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8345       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8346     }
8347   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8348     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8349         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8350          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8351            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8352         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8353       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8354 
8355     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8356     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8357       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8358     else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8359              !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() &&
8360              !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() &&
8361              !Init->isConstantInitializer(
8362                  Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) {
8363       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
8364       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
8365       //   initialization.
8366       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
8367       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init);
8368       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8369         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8370     }
8371   }
8372 
8373   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8374   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8375   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8376   //
8377   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8378   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8379   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8380   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8381   // special case code.
8382 
8383   // C++ 8.5p11:
8384   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8385   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8386   // class type.
8387   if (CXXDirectInit) {
8388     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8389     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8390   } else if (DirectInit) {
8391     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8392     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8393   }
8394 
8395   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8396 }
8397 
8398 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8399 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8400 /// of sanity.
8401 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8402   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8403   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8404   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8405 
8406   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8407   if (!VD) return;
8408 
8409   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8410   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8411     D->setInvalidDecl();
8412     return;
8413   }
8414 
8415   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8416   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8417 
8418   // Require a complete type.
8419   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8420                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8421                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8422     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8423     return;
8424   }
8425 
8426   // Require an abstract type.
8427   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8428                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8429                              AbstractVariableType)) {
8430     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8431     return;
8432   }
8433 
8434   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8435   // though.
8436 }
8437 
8438 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8439                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8440   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8441   if (RealDecl == 0)
8442     return;
8443 
8444   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8445     QualType Type = Var->getType();
8446 
8447     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8448     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8449       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8450         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8451       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8452       return;
8453     }
8454 
8455     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8456     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8457     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8458     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8459     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8460     // member.
8461     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8462       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8463         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8464              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8465           << Var->getDeclName();
8466       else
8467         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8468       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8469       return;
8470     }
8471 
8472     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8473     case VarDecl::Definition:
8474       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8475         break;
8476 
8477       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8478       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8479       // a declaration.
8480       //
8481       // Fall through
8482 
8483     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8484       // It's only a declaration.
8485 
8486       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8487       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8488       // object shall be complete.
8489       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8490           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8491           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8492                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8493         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8494 
8495       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8496       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8497           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8498                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8499                                  AbstractVariableType))
8500         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8501       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8502           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8503         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8504         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8505       }
8506 
8507       return;
8508 
8509     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8510       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8511       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8512       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8513       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8514       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8515       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8516         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8517                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8518           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8519                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
8520                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8521             Var->setInvalidDecl();
8522         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8523           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8524           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8525           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8526           // NOTE: code such as the following
8527           //     static struct s;
8528           //     struct s { int a; };
8529           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8530           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8531           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8532           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
8533             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8534                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8535         }
8536       }
8537 
8538       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8539       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8540         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8541       return;
8542     }
8543 
8544     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8545     // definitions with incomplete array type.
8546     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8547       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8548            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8549       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8550       return;
8551     }
8552 
8553     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8554     // definitions with reference type.
8555     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8556       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8557         << Var->getDeclName()
8558         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8559       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8560       return;
8561     }
8562 
8563     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8564     // variable with dependent type.
8565     if (Type->isDependentType())
8566       return;
8567 
8568     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8569       return;
8570 
8571     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8572                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8573                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8574       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8575       return;
8576     }
8577 
8578     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8579     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8580                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8581                                AbstractVariableType)) {
8582       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8583       return;
8584     }
8585 
8586     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
8587     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
8588     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
8589     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
8590     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
8591     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
8592     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
8593     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
8594     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
8595     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
8596     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8597       if (const RecordType *Record
8598             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8599         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
8600         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
8601         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
8602         // incompatibilities with C++98.
8603         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
8604           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8605       }
8606     }
8607 
8608     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
8609     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
8610     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
8611     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
8612     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
8613     //   type shall have a user-declared default
8614     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
8615     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
8616     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
8617     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
8618     //   program is ill-formed.
8619     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
8620     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
8621     //   default-initialized; [...].
8622     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
8623     InitializationKind Kind
8624       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
8625 
8626     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8627     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8628     if (Init.isInvalid())
8629       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8630     else if (Init.get()) {
8631       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
8632       // This is important for template substitution.
8633       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8634     }
8635 
8636     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
8637   }
8638 }
8639 
8640 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
8641   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8642   if (!VD) {
8643     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
8644     D->setInvalidDecl();
8645     return;
8646   }
8647 
8648   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
8649 
8650   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
8651   int Error = -1;
8652   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
8653   case SC_None:
8654     break;
8655   case SC_Extern:
8656     Error = 0;
8657     break;
8658   case SC_Static:
8659     Error = 1;
8660     break;
8661   case SC_PrivateExtern:
8662     Error = 2;
8663     break;
8664   case SC_Auto:
8665     Error = 3;
8666     break;
8667   case SC_Register:
8668     Error = 4;
8669     break;
8670   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
8671     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
8672   }
8673   if (VD->isConstexpr())
8674     Error = 5;
8675   if (Error != -1) {
8676     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
8677       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
8678     D->setInvalidDecl();
8679   }
8680 }
8681 
8682 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
8683   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8684 
8685   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
8686   // local retaining variable.
8687   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8688       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8689     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
8690     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8691     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8692     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8693       break;
8694 
8695     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8696     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8697       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8698       break;
8699     }
8700   }
8701 
8702   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8703       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
8704       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
8705                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
8706                        var->getLocation())) {
8707     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
8708     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
8709     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
8710       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
8711 
8712     if (!prev)
8713       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
8714   }
8715 
8716   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8717       var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
8718     // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
8719     //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
8720     //   have a non-trivial destructor.
8721     Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
8722     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8723       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8724   }
8725 
8726   // All the following checks are C++ only.
8727   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
8728 
8729   QualType type = var->getType();
8730   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
8731 
8732   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
8733   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8734     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
8735     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
8736 
8737     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
8738     // constructing this copy.
8739     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
8740       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
8741       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
8742       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
8743       ExprResult result
8744         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
8745             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
8746             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
8747       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
8748         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
8749         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
8750         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
8751       }
8752     }
8753   }
8754 
8755   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
8756   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
8757   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
8758 
8759   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8760       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
8761     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
8762         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
8763                                             var->getLocation())
8764           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) {
8765       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
8766       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
8767       // warned about them.
8768       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
8769       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
8770           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
8771         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
8772           << Init->getSourceRange();
8773     }
8774 
8775     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
8776       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
8777       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
8778         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
8779         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
8780         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
8781         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
8782               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
8783           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
8784           Notes.clear();
8785         }
8786         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
8787           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
8788         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
8789           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
8790       }
8791     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
8792       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
8793       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
8794       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
8795       var->checkInitIsICE();
8796     }
8797   }
8798 
8799   // Require the destructor.
8800   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
8801     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
8802 }
8803 
8804 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
8805 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
8806 void
8807 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
8808   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
8809   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
8810 
8811   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
8812   if (!VD)
8813     return;
8814 
8815   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
8816     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8817       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << "used";
8818       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
8819     }
8820   }
8821 
8822   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
8823   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8824   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
8825   if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
8826     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
8827 
8828   if (VD->isFileVarDecl())
8829     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
8830 
8831   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
8832   // tag values.
8833   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
8834       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
8835     return;
8836 
8837   for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
8838          I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
8839          E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
8840        I != E; ++I) {
8841     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
8842     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
8843       continue;
8844     }
8845     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
8846     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
8847       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8848            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
8849         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8850       continue;
8851     }
8852     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
8853       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8854            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
8855         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8856       continue;
8857     }
8858     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
8859     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
8860                                MagicValue,
8861                                I->getMatchingCType(),
8862                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
8863                                I->getMustBeNull());
8864   }
8865 }
8866 
8867 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
8868                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
8869   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
8870 
8871   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
8872     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
8873 
8874   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = 0;
8875   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
8876     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
8877       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
8878         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
8879           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
8880       Decls.push_back(D);
8881     }
8882 
8883   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
8884     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
8885       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag);
8886       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
8887         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
8888     }
8889   }
8890 
8891   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
8892 }
8893 
8894 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
8895 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
8896 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
8897 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
8898                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8899   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
8900   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
8901   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
8902   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
8903   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
8904   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
8905   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
8906   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
8907     QualType Deduced;
8908     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
8909     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
8910     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
8911       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
8912         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
8913         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
8914         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
8915           break;
8916         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
8917         if (!U.isNull()) {
8918           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
8919           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
8920             Deduced = U;
8921             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
8922             DeducedDecl = D;
8923           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
8924             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
8925                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
8926               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
8927               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
8928               << U << D->getDeclName()
8929               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
8930               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
8931             D->setInvalidDecl();
8932             break;
8933           }
8934         }
8935       }
8936     }
8937   }
8938 
8939   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
8940 
8941   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
8942       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
8943 }
8944 
8945 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
8946   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
8947 }
8948 
8949 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
8950   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
8951   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
8952    return;
8953 
8954   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
8955                                Group[0]->getLocation())
8956         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8957     return;
8958 
8959   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
8960     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
8961     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
8962     // additional declaration references:
8963     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
8964     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
8965     //   'struct S *pS;'
8966     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
8967     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
8968     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
8969       Group = Group.slice(1);
8970     }
8971   }
8972 
8973   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
8974   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
8975   if (!Comments.empty() &&
8976       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
8977     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
8978     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
8979     //
8980     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
8981     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
8982     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
8983     // ahead through comments.
8984     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
8985       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
8986   }
8987 }
8988 
8989 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
8990 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
8991 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
8992   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
8993 
8994   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
8995 
8996   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
8997   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
8998   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
8999     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9000   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9001              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9002     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9003   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9004     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9005          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9006     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9007   }
9008 
9009   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9010     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9011       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9012   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9013     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9014       << 0;
9015 
9016   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9017 
9018   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9019   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9020 
9021   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9022     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9023     // parameter.
9024     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9025 
9026     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9027     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9028       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9029         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9030       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9031     }
9032   }
9033 
9034   // Ensure we have a valid name
9035   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
9036   if (D.hasName()) {
9037     II = D.getIdentifier();
9038     if (!II) {
9039       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9040         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
9041       D.setInvalidType(true);
9042     }
9043   }
9044 
9045   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9046   if (II) {
9047     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9048                    ForRedeclaration);
9049     LookupName(R, S);
9050     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9051       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9052       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9053         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9054         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9055         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9056         PrevDecl = 0;
9057       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9058         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9059         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9060 
9061         // Recover by removing the name
9062         II = 0;
9063         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9064         D.setInvalidType(true);
9065       }
9066     }
9067   }
9068 
9069   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9070   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9071   // looking like class members in C++.
9072   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9073                                     D.getLocStart(),
9074                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9075                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9076                                     StorageClass);
9077 
9078   if (D.isInvalidType())
9079     New->setInvalidDecl();
9080 
9081   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9082   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9083   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9084                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9085 
9086   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9087   S->AddDecl(New);
9088   if (II)
9089     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9090 
9091   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9092 
9093   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9094     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9095       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9096       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9097       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9098 
9099   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9100     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9101   }
9102   return New;
9103 }
9104 
9105 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9106 /// typedef.
9107 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9108                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9109                                               QualType T) {
9110   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9111      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9112      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9113   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
9114                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9115                                            SC_None, 0);
9116   Param->setImplicit();
9117   return Param;
9118 }
9119 
9120 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9121                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9122   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9123   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9124   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9125     return;
9126 
9127   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9128     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9129         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9130       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9131         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9132     }
9133   }
9134 }
9135 
9136 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9137                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9138                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9139                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9140   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9141     return;
9142 
9143   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9144   // threshold.
9145   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9146     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9147     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9148       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9149           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9150   }
9151 
9152   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9153   // threshold.
9154   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9155     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9156     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9157       continue;
9158     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9159     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9160       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9161           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9162   }
9163 }
9164 
9165 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9166                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9167                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9168                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9169   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9170   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9171       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9172       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9173 
9174     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9175 
9176     // Special cases for arrays:
9177     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9178     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9179     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9180       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9181         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9182             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9183             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9184       }
9185       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9186     } else {
9187       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9188     }
9189     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9190   }
9191 
9192   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9193                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9194                                          TSInfo,
9195                                          StorageClass, 0);
9196 
9197   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9198   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9199   // the class has been completely parsed.
9200   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9201       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9202                              AbstractParamType))
9203     New->setInvalidDecl();
9204 
9205   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9206   // passed by reference.
9207   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9208     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9209     Diag(NameLoc,
9210          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9211       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9212     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9213     New->setType(T);
9214   }
9215 
9216   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9217   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9218   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9219   // an address space.
9220   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9221     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9222     New->setInvalidDecl();
9223   }
9224 
9225   return New;
9226 }
9227 
9228 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9229                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9230   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9231 
9232   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9233   // for a K&R function.
9234   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9235     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9236       --i;
9237       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
9238         SmallString<256> Code;
9239         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
9240                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
9241                                         << ";\n";
9242         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9243           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
9244           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9245 
9246         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9247         // type.
9248         AttributeFactory attrs;
9249         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
9250         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9251         unsigned DiagID; // unused
9252         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
9253                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
9254         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9255         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9256         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9257         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9258         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9259         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9260       }
9261     }
9262   }
9263 }
9264 
9265 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9266   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
9267   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9268   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9269 
9270   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9271   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9272   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9273 }
9274 
9275 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9276                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9277   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9278   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9279     return false;
9280 
9281   // Or declarations that aren't global.
9282   if (!FD->isGlobal())
9283     return false;
9284 
9285   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9286   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9287     return false;
9288 
9289   // Don't warn about 'main'.
9290   if (FD->isMain())
9291     return false;
9292 
9293   // Don't warn about inline functions.
9294   if (FD->isInlined())
9295     return false;
9296 
9297   // Don't warn about function templates.
9298   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9299     return false;
9300 
9301   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9302   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9303     return false;
9304 
9305   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9306   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9307     return false;
9308 
9309   bool MissingPrototype = true;
9310   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9311        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9312     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9313     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9314     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9315       continue;
9316 
9317     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9318     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9319       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9320     break;
9321   }
9322 
9323   return MissingPrototype;
9324 }
9325 
9326 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
9327   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9328   // was an extern inline function.
9329   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
9330   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
9331       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) {
9332     if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9333         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9334       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9335         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9336     else
9337       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9338     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9339     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9340   }
9341 }
9342 
9343 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9344   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9345   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9346 
9347   if (!D)
9348     return D;
9349   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9350 
9351   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9352     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9353   else
9354     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9355   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
9356   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
9357   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) when analyzing the
9358   // template version, to prime the current LambdaScopeInfo.
9359   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
9360     CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D);
9361     CXXRecordDecl *LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
9362     LambdaExpr    *LE = LambdaClass->getLambdaExpr();
9363     assert(LE &&
9364      "No LambdaExpr of closure class when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9365     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
9366       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
9367       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9368     PushLambdaScope();
9369     LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda();
9370     LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
9371     LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
9372     LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getResultType();
9373 
9374     if (LE->getCaptureDefault() == LCD_None)
9375       LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
9376     else if (LE->getCaptureDefault() == LCD_ByCopy)
9377       LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
9378     else if (LE->getCaptureDefault() == LCD_ByRef)
9379       LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
9380 
9381     LSI->IntroducerRange = LE->getIntroducerRange();
9382   }
9383   else
9384     // Enter a new function scope
9385     PushFunctionScope();
9386 
9387   // See if this is a redefinition.
9388   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9389     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9390 
9391   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9392   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9393     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9394         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9395       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9396       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9397     }
9398   }
9399 
9400   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9401   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9402   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
9403   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9404       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9405       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
9406                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
9407     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9408 
9409   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
9410   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
9411   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
9412   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
9413   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
9414   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
9415   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
9416     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
9417 
9418     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9419       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
9420       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
9421       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
9422               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
9423         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
9424         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
9425           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
9426                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
9427             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
9428             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
9429       }
9430     }
9431   }
9432 
9433   if (FnBodyScope)
9434     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
9435 
9436   // Check the validity of our function parameters
9437   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9438                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
9439 
9440   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
9441   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
9442     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
9443     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
9444 
9445     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9446     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
9447       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
9448 
9449       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
9450     }
9451   }
9452 
9453   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
9454   // introduce them into the function scope.
9455   if (FnBodyScope) {
9456     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
9457              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
9458              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
9459          I != E; ++I) {
9460       NamedDecl *D = *I;
9461 
9462       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
9463       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
9464       // and reattach to the current context.
9465       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
9466         // Is the decl actually in the context?
9467         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
9468                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
9469           if (*DI == D) {
9470             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
9471             break;
9472           }
9473         }
9474         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
9475         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9476       }
9477 
9478       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
9479       if (!D->getName().empty())
9480         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9481 
9482       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
9483       // accessible in this scope.
9484       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
9485         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
9486                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
9487           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9488       }
9489     }
9490   }
9491 
9492   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
9493   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9494     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
9495 
9496   // Checking attributes of current function definition
9497   // dllimport attribute.
9498   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
9499   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
9500     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
9501     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
9502     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
9503         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
9504       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9505            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
9506         << "dllimport";
9507       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9508       return D;
9509     }
9510 
9511     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
9512     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
9513     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
9514       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
9515       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
9516       // emitted.
9517       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9518            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
9519         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
9520     }
9521   }
9522   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
9523   // a function template).
9524   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
9525   return D;
9526 }
9527 
9528 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
9529 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
9530 /// optimization.
9531 ///
9532 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
9533 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
9534 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
9535 /// use the named return value optimization.
9536 ///
9537 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
9538 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
9539 /// the NRVO variable.
9540 ///
9541 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
9542 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
9543 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
9544 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
9545   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
9546 
9547   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
9548   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
9549     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9550       return;
9551 
9552     if (!NRVOCandidate)
9553       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
9554     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9555       return;
9556   }
9557 
9558   if (NRVOCandidate)
9559     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
9560 }
9561 
9562 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
9563   if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D))
9564     return false;
9565 
9566   if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
9567     return true;
9568 
9569   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9570   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9571     FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
9572   else
9573     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9574 
9575   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
9576   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
9577   // rest of the file.
9578   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
9579   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
9580   return !FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType();
9581 }
9582 
9583 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
9584   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
9585     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
9586   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
9587     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
9588   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
9589 }
9590 
9591 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
9592   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
9593 }
9594 
9595 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
9596                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
9597   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9598   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
9599   if (FunTmpl)
9600     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9601   else
9602     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
9603 
9604   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
9605   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
9606 
9607   if (FD) {
9608     FD->setBody(Body);
9609 
9610     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
9611         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9612       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
9613       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
9614       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
9615       if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
9616         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
9617           << FD->getResultType();
9618         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9619       } else {
9620         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
9621         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
9622             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getResultLoc();
9623         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
9624             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
9625       }
9626     }
9627 
9628     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
9629     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
9630     // is the first declaration.
9631     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
9632       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
9633         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9634       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
9635                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
9636                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
9637         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9638     }
9639 
9640     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
9641     // don't complain about missing return statements.
9642     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
9643       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
9644 
9645     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
9646     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
9647     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
9648       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
9649 
9650     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9651       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
9652       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9653                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
9654 
9655       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
9656       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
9657         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
9658 
9659       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
9660       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
9661       // to deduce an implicit return type.
9662       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() &&
9663           !FD->isDependentContext())
9664         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9665     }
9666 
9667     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
9668            "Function parsing confused");
9669   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
9670     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
9671     MD->setBody(Body);
9672     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9673       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
9674       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
9675                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
9676 
9677       if (Body)
9678         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9679     }
9680     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
9681       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
9682         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
9683       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
9684     }
9685   } else {
9686     return 0;
9687   }
9688 
9689   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
9690          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
9691          "handled in the block above.");
9692 
9693   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
9694   if (Body) {
9695     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
9696     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
9697     // Verify this.
9698     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
9699       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
9700 
9701     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
9702     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
9703         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
9704         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
9705         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
9706       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
9707 
9708     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
9709       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
9710         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
9711 
9712       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
9713                                              Destructor->getParent());
9714     }
9715 
9716     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9717     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9718     // deletion in some later function.
9719     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
9720         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
9721       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9722     }
9723     if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
9724         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
9725       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
9726       // enabled.
9727       ActivePolicy = &WP;
9728     }
9729 
9730     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9731         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
9732          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
9733       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9734 
9735     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
9736     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
9737     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
9738            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
9739   }
9740 
9741   if (!IsInstantiation)
9742     PopDeclContext();
9743 
9744   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
9745 
9746   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9747   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9748   // deletion in some later function.
9749   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
9750     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9751   }
9752 
9753   return dcl;
9754 }
9755 
9756 
9757 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
9758 /// relevant Decl.
9759 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
9760                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
9761   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
9762   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
9763     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
9764   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
9765 
9766   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
9767     if (Method->isStatic())
9768       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
9769 }
9770 
9771 
9772 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
9773 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
9774 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
9775                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
9776   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
9777   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
9778   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
9779   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
9780   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
9781     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
9782     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9783     return ExternCPrev;
9784   }
9785 
9786   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
9787   unsigned diag_id;
9788   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
9789     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
9790   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
9791     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
9792   else
9793     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
9794   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
9795 
9796   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
9797   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
9798   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
9799     TypoCorrection Corrected;
9800     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
9801     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
9802                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator)))
9803       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
9804                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
9805   }
9806 
9807   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
9808   const char *Dummy;
9809   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
9810   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
9811   unsigned DiagID;
9812   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
9813   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
9814   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
9815   SourceLocation NoLoc;
9816   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
9817   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
9818                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
9819                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9820                                              /*ArgInfo=*/0,
9821                                              /*NumArgs=*/0,
9822                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
9823                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9824                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
9825                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
9826                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9827                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9828                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9829                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
9830                                              EST_None,
9831                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
9832                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
9833                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
9834                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
9835                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
9836                                              Loc, Loc, D),
9837                 DS.getAttributes(),
9838                 SourceLocation());
9839   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
9840 
9841   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
9842 
9843   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
9844   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
9845 
9846   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
9847   FD->setImplicit();
9848 
9849   CurContext = PrevDC;
9850 
9851   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
9852 
9853   return FD;
9854 }
9855 
9856 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
9857 /// the declaration of this function.
9858 ///
9859 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
9860 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
9861 /// like NSLog or printf.
9862 ///
9863 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
9864 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
9865 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
9866   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9867     return;
9868 
9869   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
9870   // actual attributes.
9871   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9872     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
9873     unsigned FormatIdx;
9874     bool HasVAListArg;
9875     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
9876       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
9877         const char *fmt = "printf";
9878         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
9879         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
9880             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9881           fmt = "NSString";
9882         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
9883                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
9884                                                FormatIdx+1,
9885                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
9886       }
9887     }
9888     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
9889                                              HasVAListArg)) {
9890      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
9891        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
9892                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
9893                                               FormatIdx+1,
9894                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
9895     }
9896 
9897     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
9898     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
9899     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
9900     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
9901         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
9902       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
9903         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9904     }
9905 
9906     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
9907         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
9908       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9909     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
9910       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9911     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
9912       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9913   }
9914 
9915   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
9916   if (!Name)
9917     return;
9918   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9919        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
9920       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
9921        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
9922        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
9923     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
9924     // about.
9925   } else
9926     return;
9927 
9928   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
9929     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
9930     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
9931     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
9932       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
9933                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
9934                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
9935   }
9936 
9937   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
9938     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
9939     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
9940     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
9941       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1));
9942   }
9943 }
9944 
9945 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
9946                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
9947   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
9948   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
9949 
9950   if (!TInfo) {
9951     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
9952     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
9953   }
9954 
9955   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
9956   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
9957                                            D.getLocStart(),
9958                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
9959                                            D.getIdentifier(),
9960                                            TInfo);
9961 
9962   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
9963   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
9964     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
9965     return NewTD;
9966   }
9967 
9968   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
9969     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
9970       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9971         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
9972         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9973         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9974     else
9975       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
9976   }
9977 
9978   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
9979   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
9980   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
9981   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
9982   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
9983   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
9984   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
9985   case TST_enum:
9986   case TST_struct:
9987   case TST_interface:
9988   case TST_union:
9989   case TST_class: {
9990     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
9991 
9992     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
9993     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
9994     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
9995     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
9996 
9997     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
9998     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
9999 
10000     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10001     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10002       break;
10003 
10004     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10005     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10006     break;
10007   }
10008 
10009   default:
10010     break;
10011   }
10012 
10013   return NewTD;
10014 }
10015 
10016 
10017 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10018 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10019   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10020   QualType T = TI->getType();
10021 
10022   if (T->isDependentType())
10023     return false;
10024 
10025   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10026     if (BT->isInteger())
10027       return false;
10028 
10029   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10030   return true;
10031 }
10032 
10033 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10034 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10035 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10036                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10037                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10038   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10039 
10040   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10041     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10042       << Prev->isScoped();
10043     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10044     return true;
10045   }
10046 
10047   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10048     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10049         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10050         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10051                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10052       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10053         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10054       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10055       return true;
10056     }
10057   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10058     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10059       << Prev->isFixed();
10060     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10061     return true;
10062   }
10063 
10064   return false;
10065 }
10066 
10067 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10068 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10069 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10070 ///
10071 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10072 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10073   switch (Tag) {
10074   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10075   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10076   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10077   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10078   }
10079 }
10080 
10081 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10082 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10083 ///
10084 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10085 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10086 {
10087   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10088 }
10089 
10090 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10091 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10092 ///
10093 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10094 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10095                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10096                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10097                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10098   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10099   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10100   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10101   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10102   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10103   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10104   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10105   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10106   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10107   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10108   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10109   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10110   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10111   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10112   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10113     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10114       return true;
10115 
10116   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10117     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10118     bool isTemplate = false;
10119     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10120       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10121 
10122     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10123       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10124       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10125       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10126         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10127         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10128       return true;
10129     }
10130 
10131     if (isDefinition) {
10132       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10133       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10134       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10135         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10136         return true;
10137       }
10138 
10139       bool previousMismatch = false;
10140       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
10141            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
10142         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10143           if (!previousMismatch) {
10144             previousMismatch = true;
10145             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10146               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10147               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10148           }
10149           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10150             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10151             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10152                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10153         }
10154       }
10155       return true;
10156     }
10157 
10158     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
10159     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
10160     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10161     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10162                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10163     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10164       return true;
10165     }
10166 
10167     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10168       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10169       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10170     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10171 
10172     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
10173     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10174         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10175           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10176           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10177                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10178     }
10179 
10180     return true;
10181   }
10182   return false;
10183 }
10184 
10185 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
10186 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
10187 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10188 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10189 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10190                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10191                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10192                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10193                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10194                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10195                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10196                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10197                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10198                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
10199   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10200   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10201   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10202          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10203   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10204 
10205   OwnedDecl = false;
10206   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10207   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10208 
10209   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10210   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10211   bool Invalid = false;
10212 
10213   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10214   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10215   // for non-C++ cases.
10216   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10217       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10218     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10219             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10220                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend,
10221                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10222       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10223         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10224         return 0;
10225       }
10226 
10227       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10228         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10229         // be a member of another template).
10230 
10231         if (Invalid)
10232           return 0;
10233 
10234         OwnedDecl = false;
10235         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10236                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10237                                                TemplateParams, AS,
10238                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
10239                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10240                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
10241         return Result.get();
10242       } else {
10243         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10244         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10245           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10246         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10247       }
10248     }
10249   }
10250 
10251   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10252   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10253   // redeclaration.
10254   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10255 
10256   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10257     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10258       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10259       // type, default to int.
10260       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10261     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10262       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10263       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10264       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
10265       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10266       EnumUnderlying = TI;
10267 
10268       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10269         // Recover by falling back to int.
10270         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10271 
10272       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10273                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10274         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10275 
10276     } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
10277       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10278       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10279   }
10280 
10281   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10282   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10283   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10284 
10285   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10286   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10287     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10288 
10289   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10290   bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
10291   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10292     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10293 
10294     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10295     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10296       Name = 0;
10297       goto CreateNewDecl;
10298     }
10299 
10300     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10301     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10302     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10303       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10304       if (!DC) {
10305         IsDependent = true;
10306         return 0;
10307       }
10308     } else {
10309       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10310       if (!DC) {
10311         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10312           << SS.getRange();
10313         return 0;
10314       }
10315     }
10316 
10317     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
10318       return 0;
10319 
10320     SearchDC = DC;
10321     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
10322     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
10323 
10324     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10325       return 0;
10326 
10327     if (Previous.empty()) {
10328       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
10329       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
10330       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
10331       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
10332       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
10333       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
10334       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
10335           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10336         IsDependent = true;
10337         return 0;
10338       }
10339 
10340       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
10341       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
10342         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
10343       Name = 0;
10344       Invalid = true;
10345       goto CreateNewDecl;
10346     }
10347   } else if (Name) {
10348     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
10349     // declaration or definition.
10350     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
10351     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
10352     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
10353     LookupName(Previous, S);
10354 
10355     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
10356     // by types using'ed into this scope.
10357     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
10358         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
10359       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10360       while (F.hasNext()) {
10361         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10362         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
10363           F.erase();
10364       }
10365       F.done();
10366     }
10367 
10368     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
10369     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
10370     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
10371     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
10372     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
10373     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
10374     //
10375     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
10376     // semantic context?
10377     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10378       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10379       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10380       while (F.hasNext()) {
10381         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10382         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10383         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
10384             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
10385           F.erase();
10386           FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
10387         }
10388       }
10389       F.done();
10390     }
10391 
10392     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
10393     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10394       return 0;
10395 
10396     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
10397       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
10398       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
10399       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
10400       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
10401       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
10402         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10403     }
10404   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
10405     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
10406     // initial context to the translation unit.
10407     // FIXME: [citation needed]
10408     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10409   }
10410 
10411   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
10412       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
10413     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10414     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
10415     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10416     Previous.clear();
10417   }
10418 
10419   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
10420       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
10421     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
10422     isStdBadAlloc = true;
10423 
10424     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
10425       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
10426       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
10427       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
10428       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
10429     }
10430   }
10431 
10432   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
10433   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
10434   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
10435   // there's a shadow friend decl.
10436   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
10437       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10438     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
10439     assert(SS.isEmpty());
10440 
10441     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10442       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
10443       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
10444       //
10445       //          class-key identifier
10446       //
10447       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
10448       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
10449       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
10450       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
10451       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
10452       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
10453       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
10454       //      declaration.
10455       //
10456       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
10457       // C structs and unions.
10458       //
10459       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
10460       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
10461       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
10462       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
10463       //
10464       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
10465       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
10466       //
10467       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
10468       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
10469       // lexical context,
10470       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10471         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10472 
10473       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
10474       while (S->isClassScope() ||
10475              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10476               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
10477              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
10478              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
10479         S = S->getParent();
10480     } else {
10481       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
10482       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
10483       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
10484       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
10485       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
10486       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10487     }
10488 
10489     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
10490     // diagnose some problems.
10491     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10492       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
10493       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
10494     }
10495   }
10496 
10497   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10498     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
10499 
10500     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
10501     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
10502     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
10503     // in C++.
10504     //
10505     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
10506     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
10507     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
10508     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
10509     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10510       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10511         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
10512           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
10513           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
10514               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
10515                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
10516             PrevDecl = Tag;
10517             Previous.clear();
10518             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
10519             Previous.resolveKind();
10520           }
10521         }
10522       }
10523     }
10524 
10525     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10526       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
10527       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
10528       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
10529       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
10530           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10531         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
10532         // struct or something similar.
10533         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
10534                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
10535                                           *Name)) {
10536           bool SafeToContinue
10537             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
10538                Kind != TTK_Enum);
10539           if (SafeToContinue)
10540             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
10541               << Name
10542               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
10543                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
10544           else
10545             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
10546           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10547 
10548           if (SafeToContinue)
10549             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
10550           else {
10551             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
10552             Name = 0;
10553             Previous.clear();
10554             Invalid = true;
10555           }
10556         }
10557 
10558         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
10559           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
10560 
10561           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
10562           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
10563           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10564             if (ScopedEnum)
10565               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
10566                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
10567                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
10568             return PrevTagDecl;
10569           }
10570 
10571           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
10572           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10573             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
10574           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
10575             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
10576 
10577           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
10578           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
10579           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
10580           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
10581                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
10582             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
10583         }
10584 
10585         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
10586         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
10587         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
10588         //   and then later defined.
10589         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
10590             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10591           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
10592           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10593         }
10594 
10595         if (!Invalid) {
10596           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
10597 
10598           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
10599           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
10600           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
10601           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
10602           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
10603                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
10604             return PrevTagDecl;
10605 
10606           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
10607           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10608             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
10609               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
10610               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
10611               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
10612               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
10613               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
10614                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
10615                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10616                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10617                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10618                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
10619                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10620                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10621                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10622               }
10623 
10624               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
10625                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
10626                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
10627                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
10628                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
10629                 else
10630                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
10631                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10632                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
10633                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
10634                 // references get the previous definition.
10635                 Name = 0;
10636                 Previous.clear();
10637                 Invalid = true;
10638               }
10639             } else {
10640               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
10641               // about a nested redefinition.
10642               const TagType *Tag
10643                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
10644               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10645                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
10646                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
10647                      diag::note_previous_definition);
10648                 Name = 0;
10649                 Previous.clear();
10650                 Invalid = true;
10651               }
10652             }
10653 
10654             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
10655             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
10656           }
10657         }
10658         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
10659         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
10660 
10661       } else {
10662         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
10663         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
10664         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
10665         // have distinct types.
10666         Previous.clear();
10667       }
10668       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
10669       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
10670       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
10671 
10672 
10673     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
10674     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
10675     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
10676     } else {
10677       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
10678       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
10679       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
10680       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
10681           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
10682         unsigned Kind = 0;
10683         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10684         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10685         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10686         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
10687         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
10688         Invalid = true;
10689 
10690       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
10691       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10692                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10693         // do nothing
10694 
10695       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
10696       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10697         unsigned Kind = 0;
10698         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10699         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10700         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10701         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
10702         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10703         Invalid = true;
10704 
10705       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
10706       // case here.
10707       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10708         unsigned Kind = 0;
10709         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10710         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
10711           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
10712         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10713         Invalid = true;
10714 
10715       // Otherwise, diagnose.
10716       } else {
10717         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
10718         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
10719         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
10720         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10721         Name = 0;
10722         Invalid = true;
10723       }
10724 
10725       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
10726       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
10727       Previous.clear();
10728     }
10729   }
10730 
10731 CreateNewDecl:
10732 
10733   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
10734   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
10735     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
10736 
10737   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
10738   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
10739   // keyword.
10740   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
10741 
10742   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
10743   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
10744   // PrevDecl.
10745   TagDecl *New;
10746 
10747   bool IsForwardReference = false;
10748   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10749     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10750     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
10751     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10752                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
10753                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
10754     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
10755     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
10756       TagDecl *Def;
10757       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
10758           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
10759         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
10760         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
10761       }
10762       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
10763         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
10764           << New;
10765         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10766       } else {
10767         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
10768         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
10769           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
10770         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10771           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
10772         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
10773 
10774         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
10775         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
10776         // the declaration context.
10777         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
10778           IsForwardReference = true;
10779       }
10780     }
10781 
10782     if (EnumUnderlying) {
10783       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
10784       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10785         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
10786       else
10787         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
10788       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
10789     }
10790 
10791   } else {
10792     // struct/union/class
10793 
10794     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10795     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
10796     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10797       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
10798       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10799                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10800 
10801       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
10802         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
10803     } else
10804       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10805                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10806   }
10807 
10808   // Maybe add qualifier info.
10809   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10810     if (SS.isSet()) {
10811       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
10812       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
10813       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
10814       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
10815       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
10816       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
10817           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
10818           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
10819         Invalid = true;
10820 
10821       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
10822       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
10823         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
10824                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
10825                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
10826       }
10827     }
10828     else
10829       Invalid = true;
10830   }
10831 
10832   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
10833     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
10834     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
10835     //
10836     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
10837     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
10838     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
10839     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
10840     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
10841     // parsing of the struct).
10842     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10843       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
10844       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
10845     }
10846   }
10847 
10848   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
10849     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
10850       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
10851         << 2
10852         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
10853     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
10854     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
10855     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
10856     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10857       New->setModulePrivate();
10858   }
10859 
10860   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
10861   // check the specialization.
10862   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
10863     Invalid = true;
10864 
10865   if (Invalid)
10866     New->setInvalidDecl();
10867 
10868   if (Attr)
10869     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
10870 
10871   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
10872   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
10873   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10874     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
10875 
10876   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
10877   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
10878   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10879 
10880   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
10881   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
10882   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
10883   // the tag name visible.
10884   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
10885     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace &&
10886                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
10887 
10888   // Set the access specifier.
10889   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
10890     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
10891 
10892   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
10893     New->startDefinition();
10894 
10895   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10896   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10897     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
10898     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
10899     if (PrevDecl)
10900       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
10901 
10902     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10903     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
10904     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
10905       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
10906         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
10907   } else if (Name) {
10908     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
10909     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
10910     if (IsForwardReference)
10911       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
10912 
10913   } else {
10914     CurContext->addDecl(New);
10915   }
10916 
10917   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
10918   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
10919     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
10920         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
10921         II->isStr("FILE"))
10922       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
10923 
10924   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
10925   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
10926   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10927       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
10928     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
10929 
10930   if (PrevDecl)
10931     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
10932 
10933   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
10934   // record.
10935   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
10936 
10937   OwnedDecl = true;
10938   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
10939   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
10940   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
10941 }
10942 
10943 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
10944   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10945   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
10946 
10947   // Enter the tag context.
10948   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
10949 
10950   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
10951 
10952   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
10953   // record.
10954   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
10955 }
10956 
10957 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
10958   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
10959          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
10960   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
10961   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
10962       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
10963   CurContext = OCD;
10964   return IDecl;
10965 }
10966 
10967 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
10968                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
10969                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
10970                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
10971   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10972   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
10973 
10974   FieldCollector->StartClass();
10975 
10976   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
10977     return;
10978 
10979   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
10980     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
10981                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
10982 
10983   // C++ [class]p2:
10984   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
10985   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
10986   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
10987   //   as if it were a public member name.
10988   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
10989     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
10990                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
10991                             Record->getIdentifier(),
10992                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
10993                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
10994   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
10995   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
10996   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
10997   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
10998       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
10999   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11000   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11001          "Broken injected-class-name");
11002 }
11003 
11004 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11005                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11006   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11007   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11008   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11009 
11010   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11011   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11012     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11013     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11014       RD->completeDefinition();
11015   }
11016 
11017   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11018     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11019 
11020   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11021   PopDeclContext();
11022 
11023   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11024       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11025     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11026 
11027   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11028   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11029     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11030 }
11031 
11032 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11033   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11034   PopDeclContext();
11035 }
11036 
11037 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11038   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11039   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11040   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11041 }
11042 
11043 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11044   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11045   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
11046 }
11047 
11048 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11049   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11050   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11051   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
11052 
11053   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11054   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11055     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11056       RD->completeDefinition();
11057   }
11058 
11059   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11060   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11061   // the FieldCollector.
11062 
11063   PopDeclContext();
11064 }
11065 
11066 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11067 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11068                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11069                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11070                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11071   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11072   if (ZeroWidth)
11073     *ZeroWidth = true;
11074 
11075   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11076   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11077   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11078     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11079     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11080       return ExprError();
11081     if (FieldName)
11082       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11083         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11084     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11085       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11086   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11087                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11088     return ExprError();
11089 
11090   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11091   // it now.
11092   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11093     return Owned(BitWidth);
11094 
11095   llvm::APSInt Value;
11096   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11097   if (ICE.isInvalid())
11098     return ICE;
11099   BitWidth = ICE.take();
11100 
11101   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11102     *ZeroWidth = false;
11103 
11104   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11105   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11106     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11107 
11108   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11109     if (FieldName)
11110       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11111                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11112     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11113       << Value.toString(10);
11114   }
11115 
11116   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11117     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11118     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11119       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct) {
11120         if (FieldName)
11121           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11122             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11123             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11124 
11125         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11126           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11127       }
11128 
11129       if (FieldName)
11130         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11131           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11132           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11133       else
11134         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11135           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11136     }
11137   }
11138 
11139   return Owned(BitWidth);
11140 }
11141 
11142 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11143 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11144 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11145                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11146   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11147                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11148                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11149   return Res;
11150 }
11151 
11152 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11153 ///
11154 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11155                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
11156                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11157                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11158                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
11159   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11160   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11161   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11162 
11163   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11164   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11165   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11166     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11167 
11168     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11169                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11170       D.setInvalidType();
11171       T = Context.IntTy;
11172       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11173     }
11174   }
11175 
11176   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11177   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11178     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11179     D.setInvalidType();
11180   }
11181 
11182   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11183   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11184   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11185     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11186     D.setInvalidType();
11187   }
11188 
11189   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11190 
11191   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11192     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11193          diag::err_invalid_thread)
11194       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11195 
11196   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11197   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
11198   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11199   LookupName(Previous, S);
11200   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11201     case LookupResult::Found:
11202     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11203       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11204       break;
11205 
11206     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11207       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11208       break;
11209 
11210     case LookupResult::NotFound:
11211     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11212     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11213       break;
11214   }
11215   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11216 
11217   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11218     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11219     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11220     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11221     PrevDecl = 0;
11222   }
11223 
11224   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11225     PrevDecl = 0;
11226 
11227   bool Mutable
11228     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11229   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11230   FieldDecl *NewFD
11231     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11232                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11233 
11234   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11235     Record->setInvalidDecl();
11236 
11237   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11238     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11239 
11240   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11241     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11242     // with the same name in the same scope.
11243   } else if (II) {
11244     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11245   } else
11246     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11247 
11248   return NewFD;
11249 }
11250 
11251 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11252 ///
11253 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11254 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11255 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11256 /// created.
11257 ///
11258 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11259 ///
11260 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11261 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11262                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11263                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11264                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11265                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11266                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
11267                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11268                                 Declarator *D) {
11269   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11270   bool InvalidDecl = false;
11271   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11272 
11273   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11274   // marking this declaration as invalid.
11275   if (T.isNull()) {
11276     InvalidDecl = true;
11277     T = Context.IntTy;
11278   }
11279 
11280   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
11281   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11282     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11283       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
11284       Record->setInvalidDecl();
11285       InvalidDecl = true;
11286     } else {
11287       NamedDecl *Def;
11288       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
11289       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
11290         Record->setInvalidDecl();
11291         InvalidDecl = true;
11292       }
11293     }
11294   }
11295 
11296   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
11297   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11298     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
11299     InvalidDecl = true;
11300   }
11301 
11302   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11303   // than a variably modified type.
11304   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11305     bool SizeIsNegative;
11306     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
11307 
11308     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
11309       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
11310                                                     SizeIsNegative,
11311                                                     Oversized);
11312     if (FixedTInfo) {
11313       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
11314       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
11315       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
11316     } else {
11317       if (SizeIsNegative)
11318         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
11319       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
11320         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
11321           << Oversized.toString(10);
11322       else
11323         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
11324       InvalidDecl = true;
11325     }
11326   }
11327 
11328   // Fields can not have abstract class types
11329   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
11330                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11331                                              AbstractFieldType))
11332     InvalidDecl = true;
11333 
11334   bool ZeroWidth = false;
11335   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
11336   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
11337     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
11338                               &ZeroWidth).take();
11339     if (!BitWidth) {
11340       InvalidDecl = true;
11341       BitWidth = 0;
11342       ZeroWidth = false;
11343     }
11344   }
11345 
11346   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
11347   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
11348     unsigned DiagID = 0;
11349     if (T->isReferenceType())
11350       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
11351     else if (T.isConstQualified())
11352       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
11353 
11354     if (DiagID) {
11355       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
11356       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
11357         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
11358       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
11359       Mutable = false;
11360       InvalidDecl = true;
11361     }
11362   }
11363 
11364   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
11365                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
11366   if (InvalidDecl)
11367     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11368 
11369   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11370     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11371     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11372     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11373   }
11374 
11375   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11376     if (Record->isUnion()) {
11377       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11378         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11379         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11380           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
11381           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
11382           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
11383           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
11384           // objects.
11385           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
11386             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11387         }
11388       }
11389 
11390       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
11391       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
11392       // enabled.
11393       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
11394         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
11395                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
11396                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
11397           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
11398         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
11399           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11400       }
11401     }
11402   }
11403 
11404   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
11405   // representation, not a parser representation.
11406   if (D) {
11407     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
11408     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
11409 
11410     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
11411       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
11412   }
11413 
11414   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
11415   // retainable type.
11416   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
11417     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11418 
11419   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
11420     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
11421 
11422   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
11423   return NewFD;
11424 }
11425 
11426 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
11427   assert(FD);
11428   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
11429 
11430   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
11431     return false;
11432 
11433   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11434   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11435     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11436     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11437       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
11438       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
11439       // copy constructors.
11440 
11441       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
11442       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
11443       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
11444       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
11445       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
11446       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
11447       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
11448         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
11449       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
11450         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
11451       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
11452         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
11453       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
11454         member = CXXDestructor;
11455 
11456       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
11457         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
11458             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
11459           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
11460           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
11461           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
11462           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
11463           // members unavailable.
11464           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
11465           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
11466             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
11467               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
11468                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
11469             return false;
11470           }
11471         }
11472 
11473         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
11474                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
11475                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
11476           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
11477         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
11478         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
11479       }
11480     }
11481   }
11482 
11483   return false;
11484 }
11485 
11486 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
11487 ///  AST enum value.
11488 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
11489 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
11490   switch (ivarVisibility) {
11491   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
11492   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
11493   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
11494   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
11495   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
11496   }
11497 }
11498 
11499 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
11500 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
11501 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
11502                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
11503                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
11504                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
11505 
11506   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11507   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
11508   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11509   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11510 
11511   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
11512   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
11513 
11514   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11515   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11516 
11517   if (BitWidth) {
11518     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
11519     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).take();
11520     if (!BitWidth)
11521       D.setInvalidType();
11522   } else {
11523     // Not a bitfield.
11524 
11525     // validate II.
11526 
11527   }
11528   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
11529     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
11530     D.setInvalidType();
11531   }
11532   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11533   // than a variably modified type.
11534   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11535     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
11536     D.setInvalidType();
11537   }
11538 
11539   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
11540   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
11541     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
11542                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
11543   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
11544   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
11545   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
11546     return 0;
11547   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
11548   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11549       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11550     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
11551     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
11552       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
11553       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
11554     }
11555     else
11556       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11557   } else {
11558     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
11559         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11560       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
11561         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
11562         return 0;
11563       }
11564     }
11565     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11566   }
11567 
11568   // Construct the decl.
11569   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
11570                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
11571                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
11572 
11573   if (II) {
11574     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
11575                                            ForRedeclaration);
11576     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
11577         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11578       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11579       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11580       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11581     }
11582   }
11583 
11584   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
11585   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
11586 
11587   if (D.isInvalidType())
11588     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11589 
11590   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
11591   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
11592     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11593 
11594   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11595     NewID->setModulePrivate();
11596 
11597   if (II) {
11598     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
11599     // these to the interface.
11600     S->AddDecl(NewID);
11601     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
11602   }
11603 
11604   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
11605       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
11606     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
11607 
11608   return NewID;
11609 }
11610 
11611 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
11612 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
11613 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
11614 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
11615 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
11616                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
11617   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
11618     return;
11619 
11620   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
11621   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
11622 
11623   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
11624     return;
11625   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
11626   if (!ID) {
11627     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
11628       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
11629         return;
11630     }
11631     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
11632     else
11633       return;
11634   }
11635   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
11636   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
11637   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
11638 
11639   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
11640                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
11641                               Context.CharTy,
11642                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
11643                                                                DeclLoc),
11644                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
11645                               true);
11646   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
11647 }
11648 
11649 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
11650                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
11651                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
11652   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
11653 
11654   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
11655   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
11656   // it will now change.
11657   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11658     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11659     switch (DC->getKind()) {
11660     default: break;
11661     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
11662       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11663       break;
11664     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
11665       Context.
11666         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11667       break;
11668     }
11669   }
11670 
11671   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11672 
11673   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
11674   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
11675   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
11676   if (Record) {
11677     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
11678                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
11679       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
11680         if (IFD->getDeclName())
11681           ++NumNamedMembers;
11682     }
11683   }
11684 
11685   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
11686   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
11687 
11688   bool ARCErrReported = false;
11689   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
11690        i != end; ++i) {
11691     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
11692 
11693     // Get the type for the field.
11694     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
11695 
11696     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
11697       // Remember all fields written by the user.
11698       RecFields.push_back(FD);
11699     }
11700 
11701     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
11702     // diagnostics about it.
11703     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11704       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11705       continue;
11706     }
11707 
11708     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
11709     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
11710     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
11711     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
11712     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
11713     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
11714     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
11715     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
11716     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
11717     //   array.
11718     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
11719       // Field declared as a function.
11720       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
11721         << FD->getDeclName();
11722       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11723       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11724       continue;
11725     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
11726                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
11727                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
11728                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
11729                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
11730       // Flexible array member.
11731       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
11732       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
11733       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
11734       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
11735         if (Record->isUnion())
11736           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
11737             << FD->getDeclName();
11738         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11739           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
11740             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11741       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11742         if (Record->isUnion())
11743           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
11744             << FD->getDeclName();
11745         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11746           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
11747             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11748       } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) {
11749       if (Record->isUnion())
11750         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
11751           << FD->getDeclName();
11752       else
11753         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
11754           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11755       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
11756         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
11757           << FD->getDeclName();
11758         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11759         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11760         continue;
11761       }
11762       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
11763           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
11764         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
11765           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11766         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11767         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11768         continue;
11769       }
11770       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
11771       if (Record)
11772         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11773     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
11774                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11775                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11776       // Incomplete type
11777       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11778       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11779       continue;
11780     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11781       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
11782         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
11783         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
11784           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11785         } else {
11786           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
11787           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
11788           // structures.
11789           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
11790             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
11791               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11792           else {
11793             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
11794             // other structs as an extension.
11795             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
11796               << FD->getDeclName();
11797             if (Record)
11798               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11799           }
11800         }
11801       }
11802       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
11803           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11804                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11805                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
11806         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
11807         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11808       }
11809       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
11810         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11811       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
11812         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
11813     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
11814       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
11815       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
11816         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
11817       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
11818       FD->setType(T);
11819     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
11820                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
11821       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
11822       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
11823       // so we just make the field unavailable.
11824       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
11825       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
11826       QualType T = FD->getType();
11827       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
11828       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
11829         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
11830         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
11831           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
11832             FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
11833                               "this system field has retaining ownership"));
11834           }
11835         } else {
11836           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
11837             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
11838         }
11839         ARCErrReported = true;
11840       }
11841     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
11842                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
11843                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
11844       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
11845           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
11846         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11847       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
11848         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11849         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
11850             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
11851           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11852         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
11853                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
11854                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11855       }
11856     }
11857     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
11858       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
11859     // Keep track of the number of named members.
11860     if (FD->getIdentifier())
11861       ++NumNamedMembers;
11862   }
11863 
11864   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
11865   if (Record) {
11866     bool Completed = false;
11867     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
11868       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
11869         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
11870         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
11871                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
11872                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
11873           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
11874 
11875         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
11876           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
11877             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
11878             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
11879               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
11880                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
11881 
11882             // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
11883             // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
11884             // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
11885             if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
11886               CheckDestructor(CXXRecord->getDestructor());
11887           }
11888 
11889           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
11890           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
11891 
11892           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
11893           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
11894           // problem now.
11895           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
11896             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
11897             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
11898 
11899             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
11900                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
11901                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
11902               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
11903                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
11904                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
11905                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
11906                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
11907                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
11908                   continue;
11909 
11910                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
11911                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
11912                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
11913                 //   program is ill-formed.
11914                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
11915                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
11916                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
11917                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
11918                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
11919                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
11920                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
11921                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
11922                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
11923                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
11924 
11925                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
11926               }
11927             }
11928             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
11929             Completed = true;
11930           }
11931         }
11932       }
11933     }
11934 
11935     if (!Completed)
11936       Record->completeDefinition();
11937 
11938     if (Record->hasAttrs())
11939       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
11940 
11941     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a language extension.
11942     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11943       bool ZeroSize = true;
11944       bool IsEmpty = true;
11945       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
11946       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
11947                                       E = Record->field_end();
11948            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
11949         IsEmpty = false;
11950         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
11951           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
11952             ZeroSize = false;
11953         } else {
11954           ++NonBitFields;
11955           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
11956           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
11957               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
11958             ZeroSize = false;
11959         }
11960       }
11961 
11962       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but are allowed in
11963       // C++.
11964       if (ZeroSize)
11965         Diag(RecLoc, diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) << IsEmpty
11966             << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
11967 
11968       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but
11969       // are accepted by GCC.
11970       if (NonBitFields == 0) {
11971         if (IsEmpty)
11972           Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_empty_struct_union) << Record->isUnion();
11973         else
11974           Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) << Record->isUnion();
11975       }
11976     }
11977   } else {
11978     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
11979       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
11980     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11981       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
11982       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
11983       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11984         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
11985         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
11986       }
11987       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
11988       // duplicates.
11989       if (ID->getSuperClass())
11990         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
11991     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11992                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11993       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
11994       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
11995         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
11996         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
11997         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
11998       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
11999       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12000       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12001     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12002                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12003       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12004       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12005       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12006       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12007       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12008       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12009       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12010       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12011         if (IDecl) {
12012           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12013               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12014             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12015                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12016             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12017             continue;
12018           }
12019           for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
12020                  Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(),
12021                  ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end();
12022                Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
12023             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
12024                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12025               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12026                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12027               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12028               continue;
12029             }
12030           }
12031         }
12032         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
12033         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12034       }
12035       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12036       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12037     }
12038   }
12039 
12040   if (Attr)
12041     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
12042 }
12043 
12044 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
12045 /// the given type T.
12046 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
12047                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
12048                                         QualType T) {
12049   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12050   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
12051 
12052   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12053     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12054       --BitWidth;
12055     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12056   }
12057   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12058 }
12059 
12060 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12061 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12062 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12063   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12064   // enum checking below.
12065   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12066   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12067   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12068     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12069   };
12070   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12071     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12072     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12073   };
12074 
12075   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12076   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12077                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12078   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12079     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12080       return Types[I];
12081 
12082   return QualType();
12083 }
12084 
12085 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12086                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12087                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
12088                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
12089                                           Expr *Val) {
12090   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12091   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12092   QualType EltTy;
12093 
12094   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12095     Val = 0;
12096 
12097   if (Val)
12098     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
12099 
12100   if (Val) {
12101     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12102       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12103     else {
12104       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12105       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12106           !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
12107         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12108         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12109         // constant expression of the underlying type.
12110         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12111         ExprResult Converted =
12112           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12113                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
12114         if (Converted.isInvalid())
12115           Val = 0;
12116         else
12117           Val = Converted.take();
12118       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12119                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12120                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
12121         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12122       } else {
12123         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12124           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12125 
12126           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12127           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12128           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12129           // expression checking.
12130           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12131             if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
12132               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12133               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12134             } else
12135               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12136           } else
12137             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12138         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12139           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12140           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12141           //   is the type of its initializing value:
12142           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12143           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12144           EltTy = Val->getType();
12145         } else {
12146           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
12147           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12148           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12149           //   representable as an int.
12150 
12151           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12152           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12153             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12154               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12155               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12156           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12157             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12158             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12159           }
12160           EltTy = Val->getType();
12161         }
12162       }
12163     }
12164   }
12165 
12166   if (!Val) {
12167     if (Enum->isDependentType())
12168       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12169     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12170       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12171       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12172       //   is the type of its initializing value:
12173       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12174       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12175       //
12176       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12177       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
12178       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12179         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12180       }
12181       else {
12182         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12183       }
12184     } else {
12185       // Assign the last value + 1.
12186       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12187       ++EnumVal;
12188       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12189 
12190       // Check for overflow on increment.
12191       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12192         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12193         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12194         //   is the type of its initializing value:
12195         //
12196         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12197         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12198         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12199         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12200         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12201         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
12202         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12203         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12204           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12205           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12206           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12207           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12208           ++EnumVal;
12209           if (Enum->isFixed())
12210             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12211             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12212               << EnumVal.toString(10)
12213               << EltTy;
12214           else
12215             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
12216               << EnumVal.toString(10);
12217         } else {
12218           EltTy = T;
12219         }
12220 
12221         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12222         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12223         // value, then increment.
12224         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12225         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12226         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12227         ++EnumVal;
12228 
12229         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12230         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12231         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12232         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12233         // integral type.
12234         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12235           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12236       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12237                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12238         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12239         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12240           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12241       }
12242     }
12243   }
12244 
12245   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12246     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
12247     // enumerator's type.
12248     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12249     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12250   }
12251 
12252   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
12253                                   Val, EnumVal);
12254 }
12255 
12256 
12257 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
12258                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
12259                               AttributeList *Attr,
12260                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
12261   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
12262   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
12263     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
12264 
12265   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
12266   // we find one that is.
12267   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12268 
12269   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
12270   // scope.
12271   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
12272                                          ForRedeclaration);
12273   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12274     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12275     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
12276     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12277     PrevDecl = 0;
12278   }
12279 
12280   if (PrevDecl) {
12281     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
12282     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
12283     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
12284            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
12285     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
12286       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
12287         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
12288       else
12289         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
12290       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12291       return 0;
12292     }
12293   }
12294 
12295   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
12296   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
12297   // different from T:
12298   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
12299   // enumerated type
12300   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
12301                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
12302                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
12303     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
12304         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
12305       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
12306 
12307   EnumConstantDecl *New =
12308     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
12309 
12310   if (New) {
12311     // Process attributes.
12312     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12313 
12314     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
12315     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
12316     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
12317   }
12318 
12319   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
12320 
12321   return New;
12322 }
12323 
12324 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
12325 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
12326 // Element2 = Element1
12327 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
12328 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
12329 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
12330 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
12331   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
12332   if (!InitExpr)
12333     return true;
12334   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
12335 
12336   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
12337     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
12338       return true;
12339     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
12340     if (!IL)
12341       return true;
12342     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
12343       return true;
12344 
12345     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
12346   }
12347 
12348   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
12349   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
12350   if (!DRE)
12351     return true;
12352 
12353   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12354   if (!EnumConstant)
12355     return true;
12356 
12357   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
12358       Enum)
12359     return true;
12360 
12361   return false;
12362 }
12363 
12364 struct DupKey {
12365   int64_t val;
12366   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
12367   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
12368     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
12369 };
12370 
12371 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
12372   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
12373                 false);
12374 }
12375 
12376 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
12377   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
12378   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
12379   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
12380     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
12381   }
12382   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
12383     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
12384            LHS.val == RHS.val;
12385   }
12386 };
12387 
12388 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
12389 // a previous element has already been set to.
12390 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12391                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
12392                                         QualType EnumType) {
12393   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
12394                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
12395       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
12396     return;
12397   // Avoid anonymous enums
12398   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
12399     return;
12400 
12401   // Only check for small enums.
12402   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
12403     return;
12404 
12405   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
12406   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
12407 
12408   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
12409   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
12410           ValueToVectorMap;
12411 
12412   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
12413   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
12414 
12415   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
12416   // an initialier.
12417   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12418     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12419 
12420     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
12421     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
12422     if (!ECD) {
12423       return;
12424     }
12425 
12426     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
12427       continue;
12428 
12429     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12430     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12431 
12432     // First time encountering this value.
12433     if (Entry.isNull())
12434       Entry = ECD;
12435   }
12436 
12437   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
12438   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12439     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12440     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
12441       continue;
12442 
12443     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12444 
12445     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12446     if (Entry.isNull())
12447       continue;
12448 
12449     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
12450       // Ensure constants are different.
12451       if (D == ECD)
12452         continue;
12453 
12454       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
12455       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
12456       Vec->push_back(D);
12457       Vec->push_back(ECD);
12458 
12459       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
12460       Entry = Vec;
12461 
12462       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
12463       // diagnostics.
12464       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
12465       continue;
12466     }
12467 
12468     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
12469     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
12470     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
12471       continue;
12472 
12473     Vec->push_back(ECD);
12474   }
12475 
12476   // Emit diagnostics.
12477   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
12478                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
12479        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
12480     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
12481     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
12482 
12483     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
12484     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
12485     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
12486       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12487       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12488     ++I;
12489 
12490     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
12491     // the same value.
12492     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
12493       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
12494         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12495         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12496     delete Vec;
12497   }
12498 }
12499 
12500 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
12501                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
12502                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12503                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
12504   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
12505   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
12506 
12507   if (Attr)
12508     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
12509 
12510   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
12511     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12512       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12513         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12514       if (!ECD) continue;
12515 
12516       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12517     }
12518 
12519     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
12520     return;
12521   }
12522 
12523   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
12524   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
12525   // emit a warning.
12526   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12527   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
12528   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
12529 
12530   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
12531   // reverse the list.
12532   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
12533   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
12534 
12535   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
12536   bool AllElementsInt = true;
12537 
12538   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12539     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12540       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12541     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12542 
12543     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12544 
12545     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
12546     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
12547       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
12548                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
12549     else
12550       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
12551                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
12552 
12553     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
12554     if (AllElementsInt)
12555       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
12556   }
12557 
12558   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
12559   QualType BestType;
12560   unsigned BestWidth;
12561 
12562   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
12563   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
12564   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
12565   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
12566   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
12567   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
12568   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
12569   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
12570   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
12571   QualType BestPromotionType;
12572 
12573   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
12574   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
12575   // enum definitions.
12576   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
12577     Packed = true;
12578 
12579   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12580     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
12581     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
12582       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
12583     else
12584       BestPromotionType = BestType;
12585     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
12586     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
12587     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
12588     BestWidth = CharWidth;
12589   }
12590   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
12591     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
12592     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
12593     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12594     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
12595       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
12596       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12597     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
12598                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
12599       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
12600       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12601     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
12602       BestType = Context.IntTy;
12603       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12604     } else {
12605       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
12606 
12607       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
12608         BestType = Context.LongTy;
12609       } else {
12610         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12611 
12612         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
12613           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
12614         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
12615       }
12616     }
12617     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
12618   } else {
12619     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
12620     // all of the enumerator values.
12621     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12622     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
12623       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
12624       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12625       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12626     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
12627       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
12628       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12629       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12630     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
12631       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
12632       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12633       BestPromotionType
12634         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12635                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
12636     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
12637                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
12638       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
12639       BestPromotionType
12640         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12641                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
12642     } else {
12643       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12644       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
12645              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
12646       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
12647       BestPromotionType
12648         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12649                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
12650     }
12651   }
12652 
12653   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
12654   // the type of the enum if needed.
12655   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12656     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12657     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12658 
12659     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
12660     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
12661     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
12662     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
12663     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
12664 
12665     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
12666     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12667 
12668     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
12669     // the enum decl type.
12670     QualType NewTy;
12671     unsigned NewWidth;
12672     bool NewSign;
12673     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12674         !Enum->isFixed() &&
12675         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
12676       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
12677       NewWidth = IntWidth;
12678       NewSign = true;
12679     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
12680       // Already the right type!
12681       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12682         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12683         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12684         // enumeration.
12685         ECD->setType(EnumType);
12686       continue;
12687     } else {
12688       NewTy = BestType;
12689       NewWidth = BestWidth;
12690       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
12691     }
12692 
12693     // Adjust the APSInt value.
12694     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
12695     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
12696     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
12697 
12698     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
12699     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
12700         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
12701       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
12702                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
12703                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
12704                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
12705                                                 VK_RValue));
12706     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12707       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12708       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12709       // enumeration.
12710       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12711     else
12712       ECD->setType(NewTy);
12713   }
12714 
12715   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
12716                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
12717 
12718   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
12719   // it needs to go into the function scope.
12720   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
12721     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
12722 
12723   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
12724 
12725   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
12726   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
12727     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
12728 }
12729 
12730 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
12731                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
12732                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
12733   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
12734 
12735   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12736                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
12737                                                    EndLoc);
12738   CurContext->addDecl(New);
12739   return New;
12740 }
12741 
12742 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
12743                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
12744                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
12745   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
12746                                                 Module::AllVisible,
12747                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
12748   if (!Mod)
12749     return true;
12750 
12751   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
12752   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
12753   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
12754     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
12755     // We need the length to be consistent.
12756     if (!ModCheck)
12757       break;
12758     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
12759 
12760     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
12761   }
12762 
12763   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
12764                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
12765                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
12766                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
12767   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
12768   return Import;
12769 }
12770 
12771 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) {
12772   // Create the implicit import declaration.
12773   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
12774   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
12775                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
12776   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
12777   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
12778 
12779   // Make the module visible.
12780   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
12781                                          /*Complain=*/false);
12782 }
12783 
12784 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12785                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
12786                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12787                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
12788                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
12789   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
12790                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
12791   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
12792      ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
12793 
12794   if (PrevDecl)
12795     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
12796   else
12797     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12798       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
12799 }
12800 
12801 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12802                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12803                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
12804   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
12805 
12806   if (PrevDecl) {
12807     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
12808   } else {
12809     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12810       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
12811         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
12812   }
12813 }
12814 
12815 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12816                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
12817                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12818                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
12819                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
12820   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
12821                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
12822   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
12823 
12824   if (PrevDecl) {
12825     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
12826       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
12827         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
12828   } else {
12829     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12830       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
12831   }
12832 }
12833 
12834 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
12835   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
12836 }
12837 
12838 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
12839   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
12840   return D->getAvailability();
12841 }
12842